Tcl Source Code

Check-in [00229de885]
Login
Bounty program for improvements to Tcl and certain Tcl packages.
Tcl 2019 Conference, Houston/TX, US, Nov 4-8
Send your abstracts to [email protected]
or submit via the online form by Sep 9.

Many hyperlinks are disabled.
Use anonymous login to enable hyperlinks.

Overview
Comment:merge trunk
Downloads: Tarball | ZIP archive | SQL archive
Timelines: family | ancestors | descendants | both | gahr-bug-5f71353740 | tip-444
Files: files | file ages | folders
SHA1: 00229de885fdfb8d67fecbc355565f3a8451b2a1
User & Date: gahr 2016-03-03 08:34:56
Context
2016-04-04
11:25
merge trunk Closed-Leaf check-in: 743b989b39 user: gahr tags: gahr-bug-5f71353740, tip-444
2016-03-03
08:34
merge trunk check-in: 00229de885 user: gahr tags: gahr-bug-5f71353740, tip-444
08:30
Clarify that weekends are intended as Saturdays and Sundays check-in: aaa1b378a1 user: gahr tags: gahr-bug-5f71353740, tip-444
2016-03-02
08:49
Eliminate exess spacings in many doc pages. check-in: 840e5d4825 user: jan.nijtmans tags: trunk
Changes
Hide Diffs Unified Diffs Ignore Whitespace Patch

Changes to README.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
README:  Tcl
    This is the Tcl 8.6.4 source distribution.
	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
    You can get any source release of Tcl from the URL above.

Contents
--------
    1. Introduction
    2. Documentation
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
README:  Tcl
    This is the Tcl 8.6.5 source distribution.
	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
    You can get any source release of Tcl from the URL above.

Contents
--------
    1. Introduction
    2. Documentation

Changes to changes.

8524
8525
8526
8527
8528
8529
8530
8531






































8532
8533
8534






















































2015-02-20 (bug)[32b615] Fix compiled [lreplace] (lreplace-4.[345]) (aspect)

2015-03-10 (enhancement) Revise OS X notifier for better Cocoa (walzer)
        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***

--- Released 8.6.4, March 12, 2015 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details







































2015-06-25 (TIP 412) msgcat dynamic locale change and package private locale (oehlmann)
=> msgcat 1.6.0






























































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
8524
8525
8526
8527
8528
8529
8530
8531
8532
8533
8534
8535
8536
8537
8538
8539
8540
8541
8542
8543
8544
8545
8546
8547
8548
8549
8550
8551
8552
8553
8554
8555
8556
8557
8558
8559
8560
8561
8562
8563
8564
8565
8566
8567
8568
8569
8570
8571
8572
8573
8574
8575
8576
8577
8578
8579
8580
8581
8582
8583
8584
8585
8586
8587
8588
8589
8590
8591
8592
8593
8594
8595
8596
8597
8598
8599
8600
8601
8602
8603
8604
8605
8606
8607
8608
8609
8610
8611
8612
8613
8614
8615
8616
8617
8618
8619
8620
8621
8622
8623
8624
8625
8626
2015-02-20 (bug)[32b615] Fix compiled [lreplace] (lreplace-4.[345]) (aspect)

2015-03-10 (enhancement) Revise OS X notifier for better Cocoa (walzer)
        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***

--- Released 8.6.4, March 12, 2015 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

2015-03-19 (bug)[e66e44] Win: Ctrl-C/Ctrl-Break in console not EOF (nadkarni)

2015-03-21 (bug)[d87cb1] Proper tailcall from compiled ensembles (sofer)

2015-04-23 (bug)[19ea02] Win: shared read from linked dirs (bogdan,oehhar)

2015-04-24 (bug)[879a07] Incomplete chars @ buffer ends (leunissen,porter)

2015-04-29 (bug)[894da1] Hang flushing blocking channels (yorick)

2015-05-14 (enhance)[b9d043] Default use of gzip transfer encoding (fellows)
=> http 2.8.9
        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***

2015-05-15 (bug)[9dd1bd] destructor [self] after failed constructor (calvo,fellows)

2015-05-15 (bug)[0f42ff] [tailcall] combined with [next] (aspect,fellows)

2015-05-18 (bug)[c11a51] http: race condition in -accept option (fellows)

2015-05-19 (enhance) More pure lists from compiled [list] (porter,fellows)

2015-05-27 (enhancement) Relax memdebug constraint on extensions (kupries)

2015-06-03 (bug)[268b23] crash in traced [expr] (execute-11.2)(tomkinson,porter)

2015-06-11 (bug)[478c44] Memleak in zlib compresion errors (mistachkin)

2015-06-16 (bug)[e770d9] Higher baud on serial channels (woods,nijtmans)

2015-06-18 (update) Update Unicode data to 8.0 (nijtmans)
        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***

2015-06-18 (bug)[a4cb3f] compiled [lreplace] handling of end (bron,aspect)

2015-06-23 (enhance) Use Unicode SendMessageTimeout() (nijtmans)
=> registry 1.3.1

2015-06-25 (TIP 412) msgcat dynamic locale change and package private locale (oehlmann)
=> msgcat 1.6.0

2015-07-05 (bug)[a0ece9] crash in traced [expr] (execute-11.3) (hans,porter)

2015-07-10 (TIP 436) [info object isa] favors 'false' over error (fellows)
=> TclOO 1.0.4

2015-07-15 (bug)[b1534b][9bad63] writes beyond buffer bounds (hanno,porter)

2015-07-18 (bug)[a3309d] Memleak in compiled [unset a($i)] (jeff,porter)

2015-07-23 (bug)[57945b] lock in forking/multi-threading (neumann,mistachkin)

2015-07-29 (bug)[3e7eca] Allocation overflow in expr parsing (rickyb,porter)

2015-07-30 (bug)[f00009] Win: Memleak in [file] (rp,sebres)

2015-07-31 (bug) Correct problems found in Coverity audit (sofer)

2015-08-19 (bug)[00189c] MSVC 14: semi-static UCRT support (dower,nijtmans)

2015-08-26 (bug)[0df7a1] Tolerate getcwd() failures (cato,nijtmans)

2015-09-21 (bug)[1115587][a3c350][d7ea9f][0e0e15][187d7f] Many fixes and
improvements to regexp engine from Postgres (lane,porter,fellows,seltenreich)

2015-09-23 (enhance) hash lookup microoptimization (hipp)

2015-09-23 (bug)[e0a7b3] Input buffer draining & file events (griffin,porter)

2015-09-29 (bug)[219866] Cygwin support error (yorick,nijtmans)
=> platform 1.0.14

2015-10-06 (bug)[b42a85] Win: [file normalize ~user] wrong dir (nadkarni)

2015-10-21 (bug)[1080042][8f2450] More regexp from Postgres (lane,porter)

2015-10-23 (bug)[4a0c16] [clock] react to msgcat locale change (oehlmann)

2015-11-10 (bug)[261a8a] Overflow segfault in I/O translation (brooks,porter)

2015-11-20 (bug)[40f628] ListObjReplace callers fail to detect max (porter)

2015-11-30 (enhance)[32c574] Improve list growth performance (brooks,porter)

2015-12-11 (bug)[c9eb6b] tolerate unset ::env(TZ) (gahr, nijtmans)

2016-01-29 (TIP 440) tcl_platform(engine) -- Tcl implementation (mistachkin)

2016-02-03 (bug)[25842c] stream [zlib deflate] fails with 0 input (ade,fellows)

2016-02-04 (bug)[3d96b7][593baa][cf74de] crashes in OO teardown (porter,fellows)

2016-02-22 (bug)[9b4702] [info exists env(missing)] kills trace (nijtmans)

--- Released 8.6.5, February 29, 2016 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

Changes to doc/Access.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_Access 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_Access, Tcl_Stat \- check file permissions and other attributes
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Access 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_Access, Tcl_Stat \- check file permissions and other attributes
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/AddErrInfo.3.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
..
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
...
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
...
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
...
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
...
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR(\fIinterp, code\fR)
.sp
int 
\fBTcl_SetReturnOptions\fR(\fIinterp, options\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR(\fIinterp, message\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR(\fIinterp, message, length\fR)
................................................................................
.sp
void
\fBTcl_LogCommandInfo\fR(\fIinterp, script, command, commandLength\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_Interp commandLength
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter in which to record information.
.AP int code 
The code returned from script evaluation.
.AP Tcl_Obj *options
A dictionary of return options.
.AP char *message in
For \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR,
this is a conventional C string to append to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option.
For \fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR,
................................................................................
A typical usage for \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR is to
retrieve the stack trace when script evaluation returns
\fBTCL_ERROR\fR, like so:
.PP
.CS
int code = Tcl_Eval(interp, script);
if (code == TCL_ERROR) {
    Tcl_Obj *options = \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR(interp, code);  
    Tcl_Obj *key = Tcl_NewStringObj("-errorinfo", -1);
    Tcl_Obj *stackTrace;
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(key);
    Tcl_DictObjGet(NULL, options, key, &stackTrace);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(key);
    /* Do something with stackTrace */
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(options);
................................................................................
Note that a newly created \fBTcl_Obj\fR may be passed
in as the \fIoptions\fR argument without the need to tend
to any reference counting.  This is analogous to
\fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR.
.PP
While \fBTcl_SetReturnOptions\fR provides a general interface
to set any collection of return options, there are a handful
of return options that are very frequently used.  Most 
notably the \fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR return
options should be set properly when the command procedure
of a command returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR.  The \fB\-errorline\fR
return option is also read by commands that evaluate scripts
and wish to supply detailed error location information in 
the stack trace text they append to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR option.
Tcl provides several simpler interfaces to more directly set
these return options.
.PP
The \fB\-errorinfo\fR option holds a stack trace of the
operations that were in progress when an error occurred,
and is intended to be human-readable.
................................................................................
\fBTcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo\fR is an alternative interface to the
same functionality as \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR.  \fBTcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo\fR
is called when the string value to be appended to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR option
is available as a \fBTcl_Obj\fR instead of as a \fBchar\fR array.
.PP
\fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR is nearly identical
to \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR, except that it has an additional \fIlength\fR
argument.  This allows the \fImessage\fR string to contain 
embedded null bytes.  This is essentially never a good idea.
If the \fImessage\fR needs to contain the null character \fBU+0000\fR,
Tcl's usual internal encoding rules should be used to avoid
the need for a null byte.  If the \fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR
interface is used at all, it should be with a negative \fIlength\fR value.
.PP
The procedure \fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR is used to set the
\fB\-errorcode\fR return option to the list value \fIerrorObjPtr\fR 
built up by the caller. 
\fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR is typically invoked just 
before returning an error. If an error is
returned without calling \fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR or
\fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR the Tcl interpreter automatically sets
the \fB\-errorcode\fR return option to \fBNONE\fR.
.PP
The procedure \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR is also used to set the
\fB\-errorcode\fR return option. However, it takes one or more strings to
................................................................................
It may be convenient to include this string as part of the
error message returned to the application in
the interpreter's result.
.PP
\fBTcl_LogCommandInfo\fR is invoked after an error occurs in an
interpreter.  It adds information about the command that was being
executed when the error occurred to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR value, and
the line number stored internally in the interpreter is set.  
.PP
In older releases of Tcl, there was no \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR
routine.  In its place, the global Tcl variables \fBerrorInfo\fR
and \fBerrorCode\fR were the only place to retrieve the error
information.  Much existing code written for older Tcl releases
still access this information via those global variables.
.PP
It is important to realize that while reading from those
global variables remains a supported way to access these
return option values, it is important not to assume that
writing to those global variables will properly set the
corresponding return options.  It has long been emphasized
in this manual page that it is important to 
call the procedures described here rather than
setting \fBerrorInfo\fR or \fBerrorCode\fR directly with
\fBTcl_ObjSetVar2\fR.
.PP
If the procedure \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR is called,
it clears all of the state of the interpreter associated with
script evaluation, including the entire return options dictionary.
In particular, the \fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR options
are reset.  
If an error had occurred, the \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR call will
clear the error state to make it appear as if no error had
occurred after all.
The global variables \fBerrorInfo\fR and
\fBerrorCode\fR are not modified by \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR
so they continue to hold a record of information about the
most recent error seen in an interpreter.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl_DecrRefCount(3), Tcl_IncrRefCount(3), Tcl_Interp(3), Tcl_ResetResult(3),
Tcl_SetErrno(3), errorCode(n), errorInfo(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
error, value, value result, stack, trace, variable






|







 







|







 







|







 







|




|







 







|







|
|
|







 







|












|








|












13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
..
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
...
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
...
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
...
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
...
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR(\fIinterp, code\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_SetReturnOptions\fR(\fIinterp, options\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR(\fIinterp, message\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR(\fIinterp, message, length\fR)
................................................................................
.sp
void
\fBTcl_LogCommandInfo\fR(\fIinterp, script, command, commandLength\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_Interp commandLength
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter in which to record information.
.AP int code
The code returned from script evaluation.
.AP Tcl_Obj *options
A dictionary of return options.
.AP char *message in
For \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR,
this is a conventional C string to append to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option.
For \fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR,
................................................................................
A typical usage for \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR is to
retrieve the stack trace when script evaluation returns
\fBTCL_ERROR\fR, like so:
.PP
.CS
int code = Tcl_Eval(interp, script);
if (code == TCL_ERROR) {
    Tcl_Obj *options = \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR(interp, code);
    Tcl_Obj *key = Tcl_NewStringObj("-errorinfo", -1);
    Tcl_Obj *stackTrace;
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(key);
    Tcl_DictObjGet(NULL, options, key, &stackTrace);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(key);
    /* Do something with stackTrace */
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(options);
................................................................................
Note that a newly created \fBTcl_Obj\fR may be passed
in as the \fIoptions\fR argument without the need to tend
to any reference counting.  This is analogous to
\fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR.
.PP
While \fBTcl_SetReturnOptions\fR provides a general interface
to set any collection of return options, there are a handful
of return options that are very frequently used.  Most
notably the \fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR return
options should be set properly when the command procedure
of a command returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR.  The \fB\-errorline\fR
return option is also read by commands that evaluate scripts
and wish to supply detailed error location information in
the stack trace text they append to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR option.
Tcl provides several simpler interfaces to more directly set
these return options.
.PP
The \fB\-errorinfo\fR option holds a stack trace of the
operations that were in progress when an error occurred,
and is intended to be human-readable.
................................................................................
\fBTcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo\fR is an alternative interface to the
same functionality as \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR.  \fBTcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo\fR
is called when the string value to be appended to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR option
is available as a \fBTcl_Obj\fR instead of as a \fBchar\fR array.
.PP
\fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR is nearly identical
to \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR, except that it has an additional \fIlength\fR
argument.  This allows the \fImessage\fR string to contain
embedded null bytes.  This is essentially never a good idea.
If the \fImessage\fR needs to contain the null character \fBU+0000\fR,
Tcl's usual internal encoding rules should be used to avoid
the need for a null byte.  If the \fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR
interface is used at all, it should be with a negative \fIlength\fR value.
.PP
The procedure \fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR is used to set the
\fB\-errorcode\fR return option to the list value \fIerrorObjPtr\fR
built up by the caller.
\fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR is typically invoked just
before returning an error. If an error is
returned without calling \fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR or
\fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR the Tcl interpreter automatically sets
the \fB\-errorcode\fR return option to \fBNONE\fR.
.PP
The procedure \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR is also used to set the
\fB\-errorcode\fR return option. However, it takes one or more strings to
................................................................................
It may be convenient to include this string as part of the
error message returned to the application in
the interpreter's result.
.PP
\fBTcl_LogCommandInfo\fR is invoked after an error occurs in an
interpreter.  It adds information about the command that was being
executed when the error occurred to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR value, and
the line number stored internally in the interpreter is set.
.PP
In older releases of Tcl, there was no \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR
routine.  In its place, the global Tcl variables \fBerrorInfo\fR
and \fBerrorCode\fR were the only place to retrieve the error
information.  Much existing code written for older Tcl releases
still access this information via those global variables.
.PP
It is important to realize that while reading from those
global variables remains a supported way to access these
return option values, it is important not to assume that
writing to those global variables will properly set the
corresponding return options.  It has long been emphasized
in this manual page that it is important to
call the procedures described here rather than
setting \fBerrorInfo\fR or \fBerrorCode\fR directly with
\fBTcl_ObjSetVar2\fR.
.PP
If the procedure \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR is called,
it clears all of the state of the interpreter associated with
script evaluation, including the entire return options dictionary.
In particular, the \fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR options
are reset.
If an error had occurred, the \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR call will
clear the error state to make it appear as if no error had
occurred after all.
The global variables \fBerrorInfo\fR and
\fBerrorCode\fR are not modified by \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR
so they continue to hold a record of information about the
most recent error seen in an interpreter.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl_DecrRefCount(3), Tcl_IncrRefCount(3), Tcl_Interp(3), Tcl_ResetResult(3),
Tcl_SetErrno(3), errorCode(n), errorInfo(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
error, value, value result, stack, trace, variable

Changes to doc/Alloc.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_Alloc 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_Alloc, Tcl_Free, Tcl_Realloc, Tcl_AttemptAlloc, Tcl_AttemptRealloc, ckalloc, ckfree, ckrealloc, attemptckalloc, attemptckrealloc \- allocate or free heap memory
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Alloc 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_Alloc, Tcl_Free, Tcl_Realloc, Tcl_AttemptAlloc, Tcl_AttemptRealloc, ckalloc, ckfree, ckrealloc, attemptckalloc, attemptckrealloc \- allocate or free heap memory
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/AllowExc.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_AllowExceptions 3 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_AllowExceptions \- allow all exceptions in next script evaluation
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
pending evaluation when the script is invoked), and if the script
terminates with a completion code other than \fBTCL_OK\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
or \fBTCL_RETURN\fR, then Tcl normally converts this into a \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
return with an appropriate message.  The particular script
evaluation procedures of Tcl that act in the manner are
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR, \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR, \fBTcl_Eval\fR, \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR,
\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR, \fBTcl_VarEval\fR and
\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR. 
.PP
However, if \fBTcl_AllowExceptions\fR is invoked immediately before
calling one of those a procedures, then arbitrary completion
codes are permitted from the script, and they are returned without
modification.
This is useful in cases where the caller can deal with exceptions
such as \fBTCL_BREAK\fR or \fBTCL_CONTINUE\fR in a meaningful way.

.SH KEYWORDS
continue, break, exception, interpreter





|







 







|










1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_AllowExceptions 3 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_AllowExceptions \- allow all exceptions in next script evaluation
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
pending evaluation when the script is invoked), and if the script
terminates with a completion code other than \fBTCL_OK\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
or \fBTCL_RETURN\fR, then Tcl normally converts this into a \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
return with an appropriate message.  The particular script
evaluation procedures of Tcl that act in the manner are
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR, \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR, \fBTcl_Eval\fR, \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR,
\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR, \fBTcl_VarEval\fR and
\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR.
.PP
However, if \fBTcl_AllowExceptions\fR is invoked immediately before
calling one of those a procedures, then arbitrary completion
codes are permitted from the script, and they are returned without
modification.
This is useful in cases where the caller can deal with exceptions
such as \fBTCL_BREAK\fR or \fBTCL_CONTINUE\fR in a meaningful way.

.SH KEYWORDS
continue, break, exception, interpreter

Changes to doc/AppInit.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_AppInit 3 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_AppInit \- perform application-specific initialization
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
Tcl variables \fBargv\fR and \fBargv0\fR in \fIinterp\fR.
.IP [3]
Invoke a startup script to initialize the application.
.IP [4]
Use the routines \fBTcl_SetStartupScript\fR and
\fBTcl_GetStartupScript\fR to set or query the file and encoding
that the active \fBTcl_Main\fR or \fBTk_Main\fR routine will
use as a startup script. 
.LP
\fBTcl_AppInit\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR or \fBTCL_ERROR\fR.
If it returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR then it must leave an error message in
for the interpreter's result;  otherwise the result is ignored.
.PP
In addition to \fBTcl_AppInit\fR, your application should also contain
a procedure \fBmain\fR that calls \fBTcl_Main\fR as follows:





|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_AppInit 3 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_AppInit \- perform application-specific initialization
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
Tcl variables \fBargv\fR and \fBargv0\fR in \fIinterp\fR.
.IP [3]
Invoke a startup script to initialize the application.
.IP [4]
Use the routines \fBTcl_SetStartupScript\fR and
\fBTcl_GetStartupScript\fR to set or query the file and encoding
that the active \fBTcl_Main\fR or \fBTk_Main\fR routine will
use as a startup script.
.LP
\fBTcl_AppInit\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR or \fBTCL_ERROR\fR.
If it returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR then it must leave an error message in
for the interpreter's result;  otherwise the result is ignored.
.PP
In addition to \fBTcl_AppInit\fR, your application should also contain
a procedure \fBmain\fR that calls \fBTcl_Main\fR as follows:

Changes to doc/AssocData.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_SetAssocData 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_GetAssocData, Tcl_SetAssocData, Tcl_DeleteAssocData \- manage associations of string keys and user specified data with Tcl interpreters
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_SetAssocData 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_GetAssocData, Tcl_SetAssocData, Tcl_DeleteAssocData \- manage associations of string keys and user specified data with Tcl interpreters
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/Async.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_AsyncCreate 3 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_AsyncCreate, Tcl_AsyncMark, Tcl_AsyncInvoke, Tcl_AsyncDelete, Tcl_AsyncReady \- handle asynchronous events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_AsyncCreate 3 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_AsyncCreate, Tcl_AsyncMark, Tcl_AsyncInvoke, Tcl_AsyncDelete, Tcl_AsyncReady \- handle asynchronous events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/BackgdErr.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_BackgroundError 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_BackgroundException, Tcl_BackgroundError \- report Tcl exception that occurred in background processing
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_BackgroundError 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_BackgroundException, Tcl_BackgroundError \- report Tcl exception that occurred in background processing
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/Backslash.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_Backslash 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_Backslash \- parse a backslash sequence
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The use of \fBTcl_Backslash\fR is deprecated in favor of
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR.
.PP
This is a utility procedure provided for backwards compatibility with
non-internationalized Tcl extensions.  It parses a backslash sequence and
returns the low byte of the Unicode character corresponding to the sequence. 
\fBTcl_Backslash\fR modifies \fI*countPtr\fR to contain the number of
characters in the backslash sequence.
.PP
See the Tcl manual entry for information on the valid backslash sequences.
All of the sequences described in the Tcl manual entry are supported by
\fBTcl_Backslash\fR.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl(n), Tcl_UtfBackslash(3)

.SH KEYWORDS
backslash, parse





|







 







|











1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Backslash 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_Backslash \- parse a backslash sequence
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The use of \fBTcl_Backslash\fR is deprecated in favor of
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR.
.PP
This is a utility procedure provided for backwards compatibility with
non-internationalized Tcl extensions.  It parses a backslash sequence and
returns the low byte of the Unicode character corresponding to the sequence.
\fBTcl_Backslash\fR modifies \fI*countPtr\fR to contain the number of
characters in the backslash sequence.
.PP
See the Tcl manual entry for information on the valid backslash sequences.
All of the sequences described in the Tcl manual entry are supported by
\fBTcl_Backslash\fR.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl(n), Tcl_UtfBackslash(3)

.SH KEYWORDS
backslash, parse

Changes to doc/BoolObj.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2005.  (not subject to US copyright)
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_BooleanObj 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_NewBooleanObj, Tcl_SetBooleanObj, Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj \- store/retrieve boolean value in a Tcl_Obj
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
taken to be the boolean value \fB0\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_NewBooleanObj\fR creates a new Tcl_Obj, stores the boolean
value \fIboolValue\fR in it, and returns a pointer to the new Tcl_Obj.
The new Tcl_Obj has reference count of zero.
.PP
\fBTcl_SetBooleanObj\fR accepts \fIobjPtr\fR, a pointer to
an existing Tcl_Obj, and stores in the Tcl_Obj \fI*objPtr\fR 
the boolean value \fIboolValue\fR.  This is a write operation
on \fI*objPtr\fR, so \fIobjPtr\fR must be unshared.  Attempts to
write to a shared Tcl_Obj will panic.  A successful write
of \fIboolValue\fR into \fI*objPtr\fR implies the freeing of
any former value stored in \fI*objPtr\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR attempts to retrieve a boolean value
from the value stored in \fI*objPtr\fR.
If \fIobjPtr\fR holds a string value recognized by \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR,
then the recognized boolean value is written at the address given
by \fIboolPtr\fR.  
If \fIobjPtr\fR holds any value recognized as
a number by Tcl, then if that value is zero a 0 is written at
the address given by \fIboolPtr\fR and if that
value is non-zero a 1 is written at the address given by \fIboolPtr\fR.
In all cases where a value is written at the address given
by \fIboolPtr\fR, \fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
If the value of \fIobjPtr\fR does not meet any of the conditions
above, then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and an error message is 
left in the interpreter's result unless \fIinterp\fR is NULL.
\fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR may also make changes to the internal
fields of \fI*objPtr\fR so that future calls to 
\fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR on the same \fIobjPtr\fR can be
performed more efficiently.
.PP
Note that the routines \fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR and
\fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR are not functional equivalents.
The set of values for which \fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR
will return \fBTCL_OK\fR is strictly larger than





|







 







|










|







|


|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2005.  (not subject to US copyright)
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_BooleanObj 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_NewBooleanObj, Tcl_SetBooleanObj, Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj \- store/retrieve boolean value in a Tcl_Obj
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
taken to be the boolean value \fB0\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_NewBooleanObj\fR creates a new Tcl_Obj, stores the boolean
value \fIboolValue\fR in it, and returns a pointer to the new Tcl_Obj.
The new Tcl_Obj has reference count of zero.
.PP
\fBTcl_SetBooleanObj\fR accepts \fIobjPtr\fR, a pointer to
an existing Tcl_Obj, and stores in the Tcl_Obj \fI*objPtr\fR
the boolean value \fIboolValue\fR.  This is a write operation
on \fI*objPtr\fR, so \fIobjPtr\fR must be unshared.  Attempts to
write to a shared Tcl_Obj will panic.  A successful write
of \fIboolValue\fR into \fI*objPtr\fR implies the freeing of
any former value stored in \fI*objPtr\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR attempts to retrieve a boolean value
from the value stored in \fI*objPtr\fR.
If \fIobjPtr\fR holds a string value recognized by \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR,
then the recognized boolean value is written at the address given
by \fIboolPtr\fR.
If \fIobjPtr\fR holds any value recognized as
a number by Tcl, then if that value is zero a 0 is written at
the address given by \fIboolPtr\fR and if that
value is non-zero a 1 is written at the address given by \fIboolPtr\fR.
In all cases where a value is written at the address given
by \fIboolPtr\fR, \fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
If the value of \fIobjPtr\fR does not meet any of the conditions
above, then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and an error message is
left in the interpreter's result unless \fIinterp\fR is NULL.
\fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR may also make changes to the internal
fields of \fI*objPtr\fR so that future calls to
\fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR on the same \fIobjPtr\fR can be
performed more efficiently.
.PP
Note that the routines \fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR and
\fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR are not functional equivalents.
The set of values for which \fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR
will return \fBTCL_OK\fR is strictly larger than

Changes to doc/ByteArrObj.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
..
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_ByteArrayObj 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_NewByteArrayObj, Tcl_SetByteArrayObj, Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj, Tcl_SetByteArrayLength \- manipulate Tcl values as a arrays of bytes 
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_NewByteArrayObj\fR(\fIbytes, length\fR)
.sp
void 
\fBTcl_SetByteArrayObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, bytes, length\fR)
.sp
unsigned char *
\fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, lengthPtr\fR)
.sp
unsigned char *
\fBTcl_SetByteArrayLength\fR(\fIobjPtr, length\fR)
................................................................................
\fBTcl_SetByteArrayLength\fR converts the Tcl value to byte-array type
and changes the length of the value's internal representation as an
array of bytes.  If \fIlength\fR is greater than the space currently
allocated for the array, the array is reallocated to the new length; the
newly allocated bytes at the end of the array have arbitrary values.  If
\fIlength\fR is less than the space currently allocated for the array,
the length of array is reduced to the new length.  The return value is a
pointer to the value's new array of bytes.  

.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl_GetStringFromObj, Tcl_NewObj, Tcl_IncrRefCount, Tcl_DecrRefCount

.SH KEYWORDS
value, binary data, byte array, utf, unicode, internationalization




|




|







|







 







|






1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
..
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_ByteArrayObj 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_NewByteArrayObj, Tcl_SetByteArrayObj, Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj, Tcl_SetByteArrayLength \- manipulate Tcl values as a arrays of bytes
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
Tcl_Obj *
\fBTcl_NewByteArrayObj\fR(\fIbytes, length\fR)
.sp
void
\fBTcl_SetByteArrayObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, bytes, length\fR)
.sp
unsigned char *
\fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, lengthPtr\fR)
.sp
unsigned char *
\fBTcl_SetByteArrayLength\fR(\fIobjPtr, length\fR)
................................................................................
\fBTcl_SetByteArrayLength\fR converts the Tcl value to byte-array type
and changes the length of the value's internal representation as an
array of bytes.  If \fIlength\fR is greater than the space currently
allocated for the array, the array is reallocated to the new length; the
newly allocated bytes at the end of the array have arbitrary values.  If
\fIlength\fR is less than the space currently allocated for the array,
the length of array is reduced to the new length.  The return value is a
pointer to the value's new array of bytes.

.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl_GetStringFromObj, Tcl_NewObj, Tcl_IncrRefCount, Tcl_DecrRefCount

.SH KEYWORDS
value, binary data, byte array, utf, unicode, internationalization

Changes to doc/Cancel.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2006-2008 Joe Mistachkin.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_Cancel 3 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CancelEval, Tcl_Canceled \- cancel Tcl scripts
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
.SS "FLAG BITS"
Any ORed combination of the following values may be used for the
\fIflags\fR argument to procedures such as \fBTcl_CancelEval\fR:
.TP 20
\fBTCL_CANCEL_UNWIND\fR
.
This flag is used by \fBTcl_CancelEval\fR and \fBTcl_Canceled\fR.
For \fBTcl_CancelEval\fR, if this flag is set, the script in progress 
is canceled and the evaluation stack for the interpreter is unwound.
For \fBTcl_Canceled\fR, if this flag is set, the script in progress 
is considered to be canceled only if the evaluation stack for the 
interpreter is being unwound.
.TP 20
\fBTCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG\fR
.
This flag is only used by \fBTcl_Canceled\fR; it is ignored by
other procedures.  If an error is returned and this bit is set in
\fIflags\fR, then an error message will be left in the interpreter's




|







 







|

|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2006-2008 Joe Mistachkin.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Cancel 3 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CancelEval, Tcl_Canceled \- cancel Tcl scripts
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
.SS "FLAG BITS"
Any ORed combination of the following values may be used for the
\fIflags\fR argument to procedures such as \fBTcl_CancelEval\fR:
.TP 20
\fBTCL_CANCEL_UNWIND\fR
.
This flag is used by \fBTcl_CancelEval\fR and \fBTcl_Canceled\fR.
For \fBTcl_CancelEval\fR, if this flag is set, the script in progress
is canceled and the evaluation stack for the interpreter is unwound.
For \fBTcl_Canceled\fR, if this flag is set, the script in progress
is considered to be canceled only if the evaluation stack for the
interpreter is being unwound.
.TP 20
\fBTCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG\fR
.
This flag is only used by \fBTcl_Canceled\fR; it is ignored by
other procedures.  If an error is returned and this bit is set in
\fIflags\fR, then an error message will be left in the interpreter's

Changes to doc/CrtChannel.3.

635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
...
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
...
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
required to implement the new value of the option.
.PP
Some options are handled by the generic code and this function is never
called to set them, e.g. \fB\-blockmode\fR. Other options are specific to
each channel type and the \fIsetOptionProc\fR procedure of the channel
driver will get called to implement them. The \fIsetOptionProc\fR field can
be NULL, which indicates that this channel type supports no type specific
options. 
.PP
If the option value is successfully modified to the new value, the function
returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
It should call \fBTcl_BadChannelOption\fR which itself returns
\fBTCL_ERROR\fR if the \fIoptionName\fR is
unrecognized. 
If \fInewValue\fR specifies a value for the option that
is not supported or if a system call error occurs,
the function should leave an error message in the
\fIresult\fR field of \fIinterp\fR if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL. The
function should also call \fBTcl_SetErrno\fR to store an appropriate POSIX
error code.
.PP
................................................................................
.CE
.PP
\fIOptionName\fR is the name of an option supported by this type of
channel. If the option name is not NULL, the function stores its current
value, as a string, in the Tcl dynamic string \fIoptionValue\fR.
If \fIoptionName\fR is NULL, the function stores in \fIoptionValue\fR an
alternating list of all supported options and their current values.
On success, the function returns \fBTCL_OK\fR. 
It should call \fBTcl_BadChannelOption\fR which itself returns
\fBTCL_ERROR\fR if the \fIoptionName\fR is
unrecognized. If a system call error occurs,
the function should leave an error message in the
result of \fIinterp\fR if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL. The
function should also call \fBTcl_SetErrno\fR to store an appropriate POSIX
error code.
................................................................................
These values can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelTruncateProc\fR,
which returns a pointer to the function.
.SH TCL_BADCHANNELOPTION
.PP
This procedure generates a
.QW "bad option"
error message in an
(optional) interpreter.  It is used by channel drivers when 
an invalid Set/Get option is requested. Its purpose is to concatenate
the generic options list to the specific ones and factorize
the generic options error message string.
.PP
It always returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
.PP
An error message is generated in \fIinterp\fR's result value to
indicate that a command was invoked with a bad option.
The message has the form
.CS
    bad option "blah": should be one of 
    <...generic options...>+<...specific options...>
.CE
so you get for instance:
.CS
    bad option "-blah": should be one of -blocking,
    -buffering, -buffersize, -eofchar, -translation,
    -peername, or -sockname






|





|







 







|







 







|










|







635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
...
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
...
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
required to implement the new value of the option.
.PP
Some options are handled by the generic code and this function is never
called to set them, e.g. \fB\-blockmode\fR. Other options are specific to
each channel type and the \fIsetOptionProc\fR procedure of the channel
driver will get called to implement them. The \fIsetOptionProc\fR field can
be NULL, which indicates that this channel type supports no type specific
options.
.PP
If the option value is successfully modified to the new value, the function
returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
It should call \fBTcl_BadChannelOption\fR which itself returns
\fBTCL_ERROR\fR if the \fIoptionName\fR is
unrecognized.
If \fInewValue\fR specifies a value for the option that
is not supported or if a system call error occurs,
the function should leave an error message in the
\fIresult\fR field of \fIinterp\fR if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL. The
function should also call \fBTcl_SetErrno\fR to store an appropriate POSIX
error code.
.PP
................................................................................
.CE
.PP
\fIOptionName\fR is the name of an option supported by this type of
channel. If the option name is not NULL, the function stores its current
value, as a string, in the Tcl dynamic string \fIoptionValue\fR.
If \fIoptionName\fR is NULL, the function stores in \fIoptionValue\fR an
alternating list of all supported options and their current values.
On success, the function returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
It should call \fBTcl_BadChannelOption\fR which itself returns
\fBTCL_ERROR\fR if the \fIoptionName\fR is
unrecognized. If a system call error occurs,
the function should leave an error message in the
result of \fIinterp\fR if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL. The
function should also call \fBTcl_SetErrno\fR to store an appropriate POSIX
error code.
................................................................................
These values can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelTruncateProc\fR,
which returns a pointer to the function.
.SH TCL_BADCHANNELOPTION
.PP
This procedure generates a
.QW "bad option"
error message in an
(optional) interpreter.  It is used by channel drivers when
an invalid Set/Get option is requested. Its purpose is to concatenate
the generic options list to the specific ones and factorize
the generic options error message string.
.PP
It always returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
.PP
An error message is generated in \fIinterp\fR's result value to
indicate that a command was invoked with a bad option.
The message has the form
.CS
    bad option "blah": should be one of
    <...generic options...>+<...specific options...>
.CE
so you get for instance:
.CS
    bad option "-blah": should be one of -blocking,
    -buffering, -buffersize, -eofchar, -translation,
    -peername, or -sockname

Changes to doc/CrtCommand.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_CreateCommand 3 "" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CreateCommand \- implement new commands in C
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
Typically, \fIclientData\fR points to an application-specific
data structure that describes what to do when the command procedure
is invoked.  \fIArgc\fR and \fIargv\fR describe the arguments to
the command, \fIargc\fR giving the number of arguments (including
the command name) and \fIargv\fR giving the values of the arguments
as strings.  The \fIargv\fR array will contain \fIargc\fR+1 values;
the first \fIargc\fR values point to the argument strings, and the
last value is NULL.  
Note that the argument strings should not be modified as they may
point to constant strings or may be shared with other parts of the
interpreter.
.PP
Note that the argument strings are encoded in normalized UTF-8 since
version 8.1 of Tcl.
.PP





|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_CreateCommand 3 "" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CreateCommand \- implement new commands in C
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
Typically, \fIclientData\fR points to an application-specific
data structure that describes what to do when the command procedure
is invoked.  \fIArgc\fR and \fIargv\fR describe the arguments to
the command, \fIargc\fR giving the number of arguments (including
the command name) and \fIargv\fR giving the values of the arguments
as strings.  The \fIargv\fR array will contain \fIargc\fR+1 values;
the first \fIargc\fR values point to the argument strings, and the
last value is NULL.
Note that the argument strings should not be modified as they may
point to constant strings or may be shared with other parts of the
interpreter.
.PP
Note that the argument strings are encoded in normalized UTF-8 since
version 8.1 of Tcl.
.PP

Changes to doc/CrtMathFnc.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
...
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_CreateMathFunc 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CreateMathFunc, Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo, Tcl_ListMathFuncs \- Define, query and enumerate math functions for expressions
.SH "NOTICE OF EVENTUAL DEPRECATION"
.PP
................................................................................
.PP
If an error did not occur, the array reference placed in the variable
pointed to by \fIargTypesPtr\fR is newly allocated, and should be
released by passing it to \fBTcl_Free\fR.  Some functions (the
standard set implemented in the core, and those defined by placing
commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace) do not have
argument type information; attempting to retrieve values for
them causes a NULL to be stored in the variable pointed to by 
\fIprocPtr\fR and the variable pointed to by \fIclientDataPtr\fR
will not be modified.  The variable pointed to by \fInumArgsPointer\fR
will contain -1, and no argument types will be stored in the variable
pointed to by \fIargTypesPointer\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR returns a Tcl value containing a list of all
the math functions defined in the interpreter whose name matches
\fIpattern\fR.  The returned value has a reference count of zero.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
expr(n), info(n), Tcl_CreateObjCommand(3), Tcl_Free(3), Tcl_NewListObj(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
expression, mathematical function





|







 







|












1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
...
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_CreateMathFunc 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CreateMathFunc, Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo, Tcl_ListMathFuncs \- Define, query and enumerate math functions for expressions
.SH "NOTICE OF EVENTUAL DEPRECATION"
.PP
................................................................................
.PP
If an error did not occur, the array reference placed in the variable
pointed to by \fIargTypesPtr\fR is newly allocated, and should be
released by passing it to \fBTcl_Free\fR.  Some functions (the
standard set implemented in the core, and those defined by placing
commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace) do not have
argument type information; attempting to retrieve values for
them causes a NULL to be stored in the variable pointed to by
\fIprocPtr\fR and the variable pointed to by \fIclientDataPtr\fR
will not be modified.  The variable pointed to by \fInumArgsPointer\fR
will contain -1, and no argument types will be stored in the variable
pointed to by \fIargTypesPointer\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR returns a Tcl value containing a list of all
the math functions defined in the interpreter whose name matches
\fIpattern\fR.  The returned value has a reference count of zero.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
expr(n), info(n), Tcl_CreateObjCommand(3), Tcl_Free(3), Tcl_NewListObj(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
expression, mathematical function

Changes to doc/CrtObjCmd.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
...
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
...
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_CreateObjCommand 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandInfo, Tcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_SetCommandInfo, Tcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandName, Tcl_GetCommandFullName, Tcl_GetCommandFromObj \- implement new commands in C
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
\fIname\fR already associated with the interpreter.
However, if the existing command was created by a previous call to
\fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR,
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR does not delete the command
but instead arranges for the Tcl interpreter to call the
\fBTcl_ObjCmdProc\fR \fIproc\fR in the future.
The old string-based \fBTcl_CmdProc\fR associated with the command
is retained and its address can be obtained by subsequent 
\fBTcl_GetCommandInfo\fR calls. This is done for backwards compatibility.
.PP
\fIDeleteProc\fR will be invoked when (if) \fIname\fR is deleted.
This can occur through a call to \fBTcl_DeleteCommand\fR,
\fBTcl_DeleteCommandFromToken\fR, or \fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR,
or by replacing \fIname\fR in another call to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR.
\fIDeleteProc\fR is invoked before the command is deleted, and gives the
................................................................................
The command corresponding to \fItoken\fR must not have been deleted.
The string returned by \fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR is in dynamic memory
owned by Tcl and is only guaranteed to retain its value as long as the
command is not deleted or renamed;  callers should copy the string if
they need to keep it for a long time.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetCommandFullName\fR produces the fully qualified name
of a command from a command token.  
The name, including all namespace prefixes,
is appended to the value specified by \fIobjPtr\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR returns a token for the command
specified by the name in a \fBTcl_Obj\fR.
The command name is resolved relative to the current namespace.
Returns NULL if the command is not found.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl_CreateCommand(3), Tcl_ResetResult(3), Tcl_SetObjResult(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
bind, command, create, delete, namespace, value




|







 







|







 







|











1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
...
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
...
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_CreateObjCommand 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandInfo, Tcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_SetCommandInfo, Tcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandName, Tcl_GetCommandFullName, Tcl_GetCommandFromObj \- implement new commands in C
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
\fIname\fR already associated with the interpreter.
However, if the existing command was created by a previous call to
\fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR,
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR does not delete the command
but instead arranges for the Tcl interpreter to call the
\fBTcl_ObjCmdProc\fR \fIproc\fR in the future.
The old string-based \fBTcl_CmdProc\fR associated with the command
is retained and its address can be obtained by subsequent
\fBTcl_GetCommandInfo\fR calls. This is done for backwards compatibility.
.PP
\fIDeleteProc\fR will be invoked when (if) \fIname\fR is deleted.
This can occur through a call to \fBTcl_DeleteCommand\fR,
\fBTcl_DeleteCommandFromToken\fR, or \fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR,
or by replacing \fIname\fR in another call to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR.
\fIDeleteProc\fR is invoked before the command is deleted, and gives the
................................................................................
The command corresponding to \fItoken\fR must not have been deleted.
The string returned by \fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR is in dynamic memory
owned by Tcl and is only guaranteed to retain its value as long as the
command is not deleted or renamed;  callers should copy the string if
they need to keep it for a long time.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetCommandFullName\fR produces the fully qualified name
of a command from a command token.
The name, including all namespace prefixes,
is appended to the value specified by \fIobjPtr\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR returns a token for the command
specified by the name in a \fBTcl_Obj\fR.
The command name is resolved relative to the current namespace.
Returns NULL if the command is not found.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl_CreateCommand(3), Tcl_ResetResult(3), Tcl_SetObjResult(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
bind, command, create, delete, namespace, value

Changes to doc/CrtSlave.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
...
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
...
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
...
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_CreateSlave 3 7.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_IsSafe, Tcl_MakeSafe, Tcl_CreateSlave, Tcl_GetSlave, Tcl_GetMaster, Tcl_GetInterpPath, Tcl_CreateAlias, Tcl_CreateAliasObj, Tcl_GetAlias, Tcl_GetAliasObj, Tcl_ExposeCommand, Tcl_HideCommand \- manage multiple Tcl interpreters, aliases and hidden commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
in a hierarchical relationship, and the management of aliases, commands
that when invoked in one interpreter execute a command in another
interpreter. The return value for those procedures that return an \fBint\fR
is either \fBTCL_OK\fR or \fBTCL_ERROR\fR. If \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned
then the \fBresult\fR field of the interpreter contains an error message.
.PP
\fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR creates a new interpreter as a slave of \fIinterp\fR.
It also creates a slave command named \fIslaveName\fR in \fIinterp\fR which 
allows \fIinterp\fR to manipulate the new slave. 
If \fIisSafe\fR is zero, the command creates a trusted slave in which Tcl
code has access to all the Tcl commands.
If it is \fB1\fR, the command creates a
.QW safe
slave in which Tcl code has access only to set of Tcl commands defined as
.QW "Safe Tcl" ;
see the manual entry for the Tcl \fBinterp\fR command for details.
................................................................................
it fails; in that case, an error message is left in the value result
of \fIslaveInterp\fR.
Note that there are no restrictions on the ancestry relationship (as
created by \fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR) between \fIslaveInterp\fR and
\fItargetInterp\fR. Any two interpreters can be used, without any
restrictions on how they are related.
.PP
\fBTcl_CreateAliasObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_CreateAlias\fR except 
that it takes a vector of values to pass as additional arguments instead
of a vector of strings.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetAlias\fR returns information about an alias \fIaliasName\fR
in \fIinterp\fR. Any of the result fields can be \fBNULL\fR, in
which case the corresponding datum is not returned. If a result field is
non\-\fBNULL\fR, the address indicated is set to the corresponding datum.
................................................................................
\fBTcl_GetAliasObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_GetAlias\fR except that it
returns a pointer to a vector of Tcl_Obj structures instead of a vector of
strings.
.PP
\fBTcl_ExposeCommand\fR moves the command named \fIhiddenCmdName\fR from
the set of hidden commands to the set of exposed commands, putting
it under the name
\fIcmdName\fR. 
\fIHiddenCmdName\fR must be the name of an existing hidden
command, or the operation will return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leave an error
message in the \fIresult\fR field in \fIinterp\fR.
If an exposed command named \fIcmdName\fR already exists,
the operation returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leaves an error message in the
value result of \fIinterp\fR.
If the operation succeeds, it returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.




|







 







|
|







 







|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
...
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
...
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
...
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_CreateSlave 3 7.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_IsSafe, Tcl_MakeSafe, Tcl_CreateSlave, Tcl_GetSlave, Tcl_GetMaster, Tcl_GetInterpPath, Tcl_CreateAlias, Tcl_CreateAliasObj, Tcl_GetAlias, Tcl_GetAliasObj, Tcl_ExposeCommand, Tcl_HideCommand \- manage multiple Tcl interpreters, aliases and hidden commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
in a hierarchical relationship, and the management of aliases, commands
that when invoked in one interpreter execute a command in another
interpreter. The return value for those procedures that return an \fBint\fR
is either \fBTCL_OK\fR or \fBTCL_ERROR\fR. If \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned
then the \fBresult\fR field of the interpreter contains an error message.
.PP
\fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR creates a new interpreter as a slave of \fIinterp\fR.
It also creates a slave command named \fIslaveName\fR in \fIinterp\fR which
allows \fIinterp\fR to manipulate the new slave.
If \fIisSafe\fR is zero, the command creates a trusted slave in which Tcl
code has access to all the Tcl commands.
If it is \fB1\fR, the command creates a
.QW safe
slave in which Tcl code has access only to set of Tcl commands defined as
.QW "Safe Tcl" ;
see the manual entry for the Tcl \fBinterp\fR command for details.
................................................................................
it fails; in that case, an error message is left in the value result
of \fIslaveInterp\fR.
Note that there are no restrictions on the ancestry relationship (as
created by \fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR) between \fIslaveInterp\fR and
\fItargetInterp\fR. Any two interpreters can be used, without any
restrictions on how they are related.
.PP
\fBTcl_CreateAliasObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_CreateAlias\fR except
that it takes a vector of values to pass as additional arguments instead
of a vector of strings.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetAlias\fR returns information about an alias \fIaliasName\fR
in \fIinterp\fR. Any of the result fields can be \fBNULL\fR, in
which case the corresponding datum is not returned. If a result field is
non\-\fBNULL\fR, the address indicated is set to the corresponding datum.
................................................................................
\fBTcl_GetAliasObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_GetAlias\fR except that it
returns a pointer to a vector of Tcl_Obj structures instead of a vector of
strings.
.PP
\fBTcl_ExposeCommand\fR moves the command named \fIhiddenCmdName\fR from
the set of hidden commands to the set of exposed commands, putting
it under the name
\fIcmdName\fR.
\fIHiddenCmdName\fR must be the name of an existing hidden
command, or the operation will return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leave an error
message in the \fIresult\fR field in \fIinterp\fR.
If an exposed command named \fIcmdName\fR already exists,
the operation returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leaves an error message in the
value result of \fIinterp\fR.
If the operation succeeds, it returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.

Changes to doc/CrtTrace.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
...
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2002 by Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>.  All rights reserved.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_CreateTrace 3 "" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CreateTrace, Tcl_CreateObjTrace, Tcl_DeleteTrace \- arrange for command execution to be traced
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
There may be many traces in effect simultaneously for the same
interpreter.
.PP
\fIobjProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the type,
\fBTcl_CmdObjTraceProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceProc\fR( 
        \fBClientData\fR \fIclientData\fR,
        \fBTcl_Interp\fR* \fIinterp\fR,
        int \fIlevel\fR,
        const char *\fIcommand\fR,
        \fBTcl_Command\fR \fIcommandToken\fR,
        int \fIobjc\fR,
        \fBTcl_Obj\fR *const \fIobjv\fR[]);
................................................................................
.PP
When \fBTcl_DeleteTrace\fR is called, the interpreter invokes the
\fIdeleteProc\fR that was passed as a parameter to
\fBTcl_CreateObjTrace\fR.  The \fIdeleteProc\fR must match the type,
\fBTcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc\fR( 
        \fBClientData\fR \fIclientData\fR);
.CE
.PP
The \fIclientData\fR parameter will be the same as the
\fIclientData\fR parameter that was originally passed to
\fBTcl_CreateObjTrace\fR.
.PP






|







 







|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
...
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2002 by Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>.  All rights reserved.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_CreateTrace 3 "" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CreateTrace, Tcl_CreateObjTrace, Tcl_DeleteTrace \- arrange for command execution to be traced
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
There may be many traces in effect simultaneously for the same
interpreter.
.PP
\fIobjProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the type,
\fBTcl_CmdObjTraceProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceProc\fR(
        \fBClientData\fR \fIclientData\fR,
        \fBTcl_Interp\fR* \fIinterp\fR,
        int \fIlevel\fR,
        const char *\fIcommand\fR,
        \fBTcl_Command\fR \fIcommandToken\fR,
        int \fIobjc\fR,
        \fBTcl_Obj\fR *const \fIobjv\fR[]);
................................................................................
.PP
When \fBTcl_DeleteTrace\fR is called, the interpreter invokes the
\fIdeleteProc\fR that was passed as a parameter to
\fBTcl_CreateObjTrace\fR.  The \fIdeleteProc\fR must match the type,
\fBTcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef void \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc\fR(
        \fBClientData\fR \fIclientData\fR);
.CE
.PP
The \fIclientData\fR parameter will be the same as the
\fIclientData\fR parameter that was originally passed to
\fBTcl_CreateObjTrace\fR.
.PP

Changes to doc/DoOneEvent.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
..
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_DoOneEvent 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_DoOneEvent \- wait for events and invoke event handlers
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
.sp
int
\fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR(\fIflags\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS int flags
.AP int flags in
This parameter is normally zero.  It may be an OR-ed combination
of any of the following flag bits:  
\fBTCL_WINDOW_EVENTS\fR, \fBTCL_FILE_EVENTS\fR,
\fBTCL_TIMER_EVENTS\fR, \fBTCL_IDLE_EVENTS\fR, \fBTCL_ALL_EVENTS\fR,
or \fBTCL_DONT_WAIT\fR.
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
................................................................................
If there are no events ready to be handled, then \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR
checks for new events from all possible sources.
If any are found, it puts all of them on Tcl's event queue, calls
handlers for the first event on the queue, and returns.
If no events are found, \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR checks for \fBTcl_DoWhenIdle\fR
callbacks; if any are found, it invokes all of them and returns.
Finally, if no events or idle callbacks have been found, then
\fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR sleeps until an event occurs; then it adds any 
new events to the Tcl event queue, calls handlers for the first event,
and returns.
The normal return value is 1 to signify that some event
was processed (see below for other alternatives).
.PP
If the \fIflags\fR argument to \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR is non-zero,
it restricts the kinds of events that will be processed by





|







 







|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
..
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_DoOneEvent 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_DoOneEvent \- wait for events and invoke event handlers
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
.sp
int
\fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR(\fIflags\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS int flags
.AP int flags in
This parameter is normally zero.  It may be an OR-ed combination
of any of the following flag bits:
\fBTCL_WINDOW_EVENTS\fR, \fBTCL_FILE_EVENTS\fR,
\fBTCL_TIMER_EVENTS\fR, \fBTCL_IDLE_EVENTS\fR, \fBTCL_ALL_EVENTS\fR,
or \fBTCL_DONT_WAIT\fR.
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
................................................................................
If there are no events ready to be handled, then \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR
checks for new events from all possible sources.
If any are found, it puts all of them on Tcl's event queue, calls
handlers for the first event on the queue, and returns.
If no events are found, \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR checks for \fBTcl_DoWhenIdle\fR
callbacks; if any are found, it invokes all of them and returns.
Finally, if no events or idle callbacks have been found, then
\fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR sleeps until an event occurs; then it adds any
new events to the Tcl event queue, calls handlers for the first event,
and returns.
The normal return value is 1 to signify that some event
was processed (see below for other alternatives).
.PP
If the \fIflags\fR argument to \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR is non-zero,
it restricts the kinds of events that will be processed by

Changes to doc/DoubleObj.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
..
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_DoubleObj 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_NewDoubleObj, Tcl_SetDoubleObj, Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj \- manipulate Tcl values as floating-point values
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
.AS Tcl_Interp doubleValue in/out
.AP double doubleValue in
A double-precision floating-point value used to initialize or set a Tcl value.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out
For \fBTcl_SetDoubleObj\fR, this points to the value in which to store a
double value.
For \fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR, this refers to the value
from which to retrieve a double value. 
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
When non-NULL, an error message is left here when double value retrieval fails.
.AP double *doublePtr out
Points to place to store the double value obtained from \fIobjPtr\fR.
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
................................................................................
.PP
\fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR attempts to retrieve a double value from the
Tcl value \fIobjPtr\fR.  If the attempt succeeds, then \fBTCL_OK\fR is
returned, and the double value is written to the storage pointed to by
\fIdoublePtr\fR.  If the attempt fails, then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned,
and if \fIinterp\fR is non-NULL, an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR.
The \fBTcl_ObjType\fR of \fIobjPtr\fR may be changed to make subsequent
calls to \fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR more efficient. 
'\" TODO: add discussion of treatment of NaN value
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl_NewObj, Tcl_DecrRefCount, Tcl_IncrRefCount, Tcl_GetObjResult
.SH KEYWORDS
double, double value, double type, internal representation, value, value type, string representation




|







 







|







 







|





1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
..
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_DoubleObj 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_NewDoubleObj, Tcl_SetDoubleObj, Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj \- manipulate Tcl values as floating-point values
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
.AS Tcl_Interp doubleValue in/out
.AP double doubleValue in
A double-precision floating-point value used to initialize or set a Tcl value.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out
For \fBTcl_SetDoubleObj\fR, this points to the value in which to store a
double value.
For \fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR, this refers to the value
from which to retrieve a double value.
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
When non-NULL, an error message is left here when double value retrieval fails.
.AP double *doublePtr out
Points to place to store the double value obtained from \fIobjPtr\fR.
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
................................................................................
.PP
\fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR attempts to retrieve a double value from the
Tcl value \fIobjPtr\fR.  If the attempt succeeds, then \fBTCL_OK\fR is
returned, and the double value is written to the storage pointed to by
\fIdoublePtr\fR.  If the attempt fails, then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned,
and if \fIinterp\fR is non-NULL, an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR.
The \fBTcl_ObjType\fR of \fIobjPtr\fR may be changed to make subsequent
calls to \fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR more efficient.
'\" TODO: add discussion of treatment of NaN value
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl_NewObj, Tcl_DecrRefCount, Tcl_IncrRefCount, Tcl_GetObjResult
.SH KEYWORDS
double, double value, double type, internal representation, value, value type, string representation

Changes to doc/DumpActiveMemory.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
..
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992-1999 Karl Lehenbauer and Mark Diekhans.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
.TH "Tcl_DumpActiveMemory" 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_DumpActiveMemory, Tcl_InitMemory, Tcl_ValidateAllMemory \- Validated memory allocation interface
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
These functions provide access to Tcl memory debugging information.
They are only functional when Tcl has been compiled with
\fBTCL_MEM_DEBUG\fR defined at compile-time.  When \fBTCL_MEM_DEBUG\fR
is not defined, these functions are all no-ops.
.PP 
\fBTcl_DumpActiveMemory\fR will output a list of all currently
allocated memory to the specified file.  The information output for
each allocated block of memory is:  starting and ending addresses
(excluding guard zone), size, source file where \fBckalloc\fR was
called to allocate the block and line number in that file.  It is
especially useful to call \fBTcl_DumpActiveMemory\fR after the Tcl
interpreter has been deleted.



|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
..
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992-1999 Karl Lehenbauer and Mark Diekhans.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
.TH "Tcl_DumpActiveMemory" 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_DumpActiveMemory, Tcl_InitMemory, Tcl_ValidateAllMemory \- Validated memory allocation interface
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
These functions provide access to Tcl memory debugging information.
They are only functional when Tcl has been compiled with
\fBTCL_MEM_DEBUG\fR defined at compile-time.  When \fBTCL_MEM_DEBUG\fR
is not defined, these functions are all no-ops.
.PP
\fBTcl_DumpActiveMemory\fR will output a list of all currently
allocated memory to the specified file.  The information output for
each allocated block of memory is:  starting and ending addresses
(excluding guard zone), size, source file where \fBckalloc\fR was
called to allocate the block and line number in that file.  It is
especially useful to call \fBTcl_DumpActiveMemory\fR after the Tcl
interpreter has been deleted.

Changes to doc/Ensemble.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
...
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2005 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
'\" This documents the C API introduced in TIP#235
'\" 
.TH Tcl_Ensemble 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CreateEnsemble, Tcl_FindEnsemble, Tcl_GetEnsembleFlags, Tcl_GetEnsembleMappingDict, Tcl_GetEnsembleNamespace, Tcl_GetEnsembleParameterList, Tcl_GetEnsembleUnknownHandler, Tcl_GetEnsembleSubcommandList, Tcl_IsEnsemble, Tcl_SetEnsembleFlags, Tcl_SetEnsembleMappingDict, Tcl_SetEnsembleParameterList, Tcl_SetEnsembleSubcommandList, Tcl_SetEnsembleUnknownHandler \- manipulate ensemble commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
A list of all the subcommand names for the ensemble, or NULL if this
is to be derived from either the keys of the mapping dictionary (see
above) or (if that is also NULL) from the set of commands exported by
the bound namespace. May be read and written using
\fBTcl_GetEnsembleSubcommandList\fR and
\fBTcl_SetEnsembleSubcommandList\fR respectively. The result of both
of those functions is a Tcl result code (\fBTCL_OK\fR, or
\fBTCL_ERROR\fR if the 
token does not refer to an ensemble) and the list obtained from
\fBTcl_GetEnsembleSubcommandList\fR should always be treated as
immutable even if it is unshared.
.TP
\fBunknown subcommand handler command prefix\fR (read-write)
.
A list of words to prepend on the front of any subcommand when the




|

|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
...
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2005 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
'\" This documents the C API introduced in TIP#235
'\"
.TH Tcl_Ensemble 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CreateEnsemble, Tcl_FindEnsemble, Tcl_GetEnsembleFlags, Tcl_GetEnsembleMappingDict, Tcl_GetEnsembleNamespace, Tcl_GetEnsembleParameterList, Tcl_GetEnsembleUnknownHandler, Tcl_GetEnsembleSubcommandList, Tcl_IsEnsemble, Tcl_SetEnsembleFlags, Tcl_SetEnsembleMappingDict, Tcl_SetEnsembleParameterList, Tcl_SetEnsembleSubcommandList, Tcl_SetEnsembleUnknownHandler \- manipulate ensemble commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
A list of all the subcommand names for the ensemble, or NULL if this
is to be derived from either the keys of the mapping dictionary (see
above) or (if that is also NULL) from the set of commands exported by
the bound namespace. May be read and written using
\fBTcl_GetEnsembleSubcommandList\fR and
\fBTcl_SetEnsembleSubcommandList\fR respectively. The result of both
of those functions is a Tcl result code (\fBTCL_OK\fR, or
\fBTCL_ERROR\fR if the
token does not refer to an ensemble) and the list obtained from
\fBTcl_GetEnsembleSubcommandList\fR should always be treated as
immutable even if it is unshared.
.TP
\fBunknown subcommand handler command prefix\fR (read-write)
.
A list of words to prepend on the front of any subcommand when the

Changes to doc/Eval.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
...
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Scriptics Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_Eval 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_EvalObjEx, Tcl_EvalFile, Tcl_EvalObjv, Tcl_Eval, Tcl_EvalEx, Tcl_GlobalEval, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj, Tcl_VarEval, Tcl_VarEvalVA \- execute Tcl scripts
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
\fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR executes a single pre-parsed command instead of a
script.  The \fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR arguments contain the values
of the words for the Tcl command, one word in each value in
\fIobjv\fR.  \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR evaluates the command and returns
a completion code and result just like \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
The caller of \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR has to manage the reference count of the
elements of \fIobjv\fR, insuring that the values are valid until
\fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR returns.  
.PP
\fBTcl_Eval\fR is similar to \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR except that the script to
be executed is supplied as a string instead of a value and no compilation
occurs.  The string should be a proper UTF-8 string as converted by
\fBTcl_ExternalToUtfDString\fR or \fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR when it is known
to possibly contain upper ASCII characters whose possible combinations
might be a UTF-8 special code.  The string is parsed and executed directly
(using \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR) instead of compiling it and executing the
bytecodes.  In situations where it is known that the script will never be
executed again, \fBTcl_Eval\fR may be faster than \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
 \fBTcl_Eval\fR returns a completion code and result just like 
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.  Note: for backward compatibility with versions before
Tcl 8.0, \fBTcl_Eval\fR copies the value result in \fIinterp\fR to
\fIinterp->result\fR (use is deprecated) where it can be accessed directly.
 This makes \fBTcl_Eval\fR somewhat slower than \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR, which
does not do the copy.
.PP
\fBTcl_EvalEx\fR is an extended version of \fBTcl_Eval\fR that takes






|







 







|










|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
...
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Scriptics Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Eval 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_EvalObjEx, Tcl_EvalFile, Tcl_EvalObjv, Tcl_Eval, Tcl_EvalEx, Tcl_GlobalEval, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj, Tcl_VarEval, Tcl_VarEvalVA \- execute Tcl scripts
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
\fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR executes a single pre-parsed command instead of a
script.  The \fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR arguments contain the values
of the words for the Tcl command, one word in each value in
\fIobjv\fR.  \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR evaluates the command and returns
a completion code and result just like \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
The caller of \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR has to manage the reference count of the
elements of \fIobjv\fR, insuring that the values are valid until
\fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR returns.
.PP
\fBTcl_Eval\fR is similar to \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR except that the script to
be executed is supplied as a string instead of a value and no compilation
occurs.  The string should be a proper UTF-8 string as converted by
\fBTcl_ExternalToUtfDString\fR or \fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR when it is known
to possibly contain upper ASCII characters whose possible combinations
might be a UTF-8 special code.  The string is parsed and executed directly
(using \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR) instead of compiling it and executing the
bytecodes.  In situations where it is known that the script will never be
executed again, \fBTcl_Eval\fR may be faster than \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
 \fBTcl_Eval\fR returns a completion code and result just like
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.  Note: for backward compatibility with versions before
Tcl 8.0, \fBTcl_Eval\fR copies the value result in \fIinterp\fR to
\fIinterp->result\fR (use is deprecated) where it can be accessed directly.
 This makes \fBTcl_Eval\fR somewhat slower than \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR, which
does not do the copy.
.PP
\fBTcl_EvalEx\fR is an extended version of \fBTcl_Eval\fR that takes

Changes to doc/Exit.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
...
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_Exit 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_Exit, Tcl_Finalize, Tcl_CreateExitHandler, Tcl_DeleteExitHandler, Tcl_ExitThread, Tcl_FinalizeThread, Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler, Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler, Tcl_SetExitProc \- end the application or thread (and invoke exit handlers)
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
This matches the natural order in which extensions are loaded and unloaded;
if extension \fBA\fR loads extension \fBB\fR, it usually
unloads \fBB\fR before it itself is unloaded.
If extension \fBA\fR registers its exit handlers before loading extension
\fBB\fR, this ensures that any exit handlers for \fBB\fR will be executed
before the exit handlers for \fBA\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_Finalize\fR and \fBTcl_Exit\fR call \fBTcl_FinalizeThread\fR 
and the thread exit handlers \fIafter\fR
the process-wide exit handlers.  This is because thread finalization shuts
down the I/O channel system, so any attempt at I/O by the global exit
handlers will vanish into the bitbucket.
.PP
\fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR installs an application exit handler, returning
the previously-installed application exit handler or NULL if no




|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
...
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Exit 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_Exit, Tcl_Finalize, Tcl_CreateExitHandler, Tcl_DeleteExitHandler, Tcl_ExitThread, Tcl_FinalizeThread, Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler, Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler, Tcl_SetExitProc \- end the application or thread (and invoke exit handlers)
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
This matches the natural order in which extensions are loaded and unloaded;
if extension \fBA\fR loads extension \fBB\fR, it usually
unloads \fBB\fR before it itself is unloaded.
If extension \fBA\fR registers its exit handlers before loading extension
\fBB\fR, this ensures that any exit handlers for \fBB\fR will be executed
before the exit handlers for \fBA\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_Finalize\fR and \fBTcl_Exit\fR call \fBTcl_FinalizeThread\fR
and the thread exit handlers \fIafter\fR
the process-wide exit handlers.  This is because thread finalization shuts
down the I/O channel system, so any attempt at I/O by the global exit
handlers will vanish into the bitbucket.
.PP
\fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR installs an application exit handler, returning
the previously-installed application exit handler or NULL if no

Changes to doc/ExprLong.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_ExprLong 3 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_ExprLong, Tcl_ExprDouble, Tcl_ExprBoolean, Tcl_ExprString \- evaluate an expression
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
int
\fBTcl_ExprString\fR(\fIinterp, expr\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_Interp *booleanPtr out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter in whose context to evaluate \fIexpr\fR.
.AP "const char" *expr in
Expression to be evaluated.  
.AP long *longPtr out
Pointer to location in which to store the integer value of the
expression.
.AP int *doublePtr out
Pointer to location in which to store the floating-point value of the
expression.
.AP int *booleanPtr out





|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_ExprLong 3 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_ExprLong, Tcl_ExprDouble, Tcl_ExprBoolean, Tcl_ExprString \- evaluate an expression
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
int
\fBTcl_ExprString\fR(\fIinterp, expr\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_Interp *booleanPtr out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter in whose context to evaluate \fIexpr\fR.
.AP "const char" *expr in
Expression to be evaluated.
.AP long *longPtr out
Pointer to location in which to store the integer value of the
expression.
.AP int *doublePtr out
Pointer to location in which to store the floating-point value of the
expression.
.AP int *booleanPtr out

Changes to doc/FileSystem.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
...
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
....
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 Vincent Darley
'\" Copyright (c) 2008-2010 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Filesystem 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_FSRegister, Tcl_FSUnregister, Tcl_FSData, Tcl_FSMountsChanged, Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath, Tcl_FSGetPathType, Tcl_FSCopyFile, Tcl_FSCopyDirectory, Tcl_FSCreateDirectory, Tcl_FSDeleteFile, Tcl_FSRemoveDirectory, Tcl_FSRenameFile, Tcl_FSListVolumes, Tcl_FSEvalFile, Tcl_FSEvalFileEx, Tcl_FSLoadFile, Tcl_FSUnloadFile, Tcl_FSMatchInDirectory, Tcl_FSLink, Tcl_FSLstat, Tcl_FSUtime, Tcl_FSFileAttrsGet, Tcl_FSFileAttrsSet, Tcl_FSFileAttrStrings, Tcl_FSStat, Tcl_FSAccess, Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel, Tcl_FSGetCwd, Tcl_FSChdir, Tcl_FSPathSeparator, Tcl_FSJoinPath, Tcl_FSSplitPath, Tcl_FSEqualPaths, Tcl_FSGetNormalizedPath, Tcl_FSJoinToPath, Tcl_FSConvertToPathType, Tcl_FSGetInternalRep, Tcl_FSGetTranslatedPath, Tcl_FSGetTranslatedStringPath, Tcl_FSNewNativePath, Tcl_FSGetNativePath, Tcl_FSFileSystemInfo, Tcl_GetAccessTimeFromStat, Tcl_GetBlockSizeFromStat, Tcl_GetBlocksFromStat, Tcl_GetChangeTimeFromStat, Tcl_GetDeviceTypeFromStat, Tcl_GetFSDeviceFromStat, Tcl_GetFSInodeFromStat, Tcl_GetGroupIdFromStat, Tcl_GetLinkCountFromStat, Tcl_GetModeFromStat, Tcl_GetModificationTimeFromStat, Tcl_GetSizeFromStat, Tcl_GetUserIdFromStat, Tcl_AllocStatBuf \- procedures to interact with any filesystem
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
.VE 8.6
.PP
\fBTcl_FSMatchInDirectory\fR is used by the globbing code to search a
directory for all files which match a given pattern. The appropriate
function for the filesystem to which \fIpathPtr\fR belongs will be called.
.PP
The return value is a standard Tcl result indicating whether an error
occurred in globbing. Error messages are placed in interp (unless 
interp is NULL, which is allowed), but good results are placed in the 
resultPtr given.
.PP
Note that the \fBglob\fR code implements recursive patterns internally, so
this function will only ever be passed simple patterns, which can be
matched using the logic of \fBstring match\fR. To handle recursion, Tcl
will call this function frequently asking only for directories to be
returned. A special case of being called with a NULL pattern indicates
................................................................................
assumed to be both non-NULL and non-empty. It is not currently
documented whether \fIpathPtr\fR will have a file separator at its end of
not, so code should be flexible to both possibilities.
.PP
The return value is a standard Tcl result indicating whether an error
occurred in the matching process. Error messages are placed in
\fIinterp\fR, unless \fIinterp\fR in NULL in which case no error
message need be generated; on a \fBTCL_OK\fR result, results should be 
added to the \fIresultPtr\fR value given (which can be assumed to be a 
valid unshared Tcl list). The matches added
to \fIresultPtr\fR should include any path prefix given in \fIpathPtr\fR
(this usually means they will be absolute path specifications).
Note that if no matches are found, that simply leads to an empty
result; errors are only signaled for actual file or filesystem
problems which may occur during the matching process.
.PP
The \fBTcl_GlobTypeData\fR structure passed in the \fItypes\fR 
parameter contains the following fields:
.PP
.CS
typedef struct Tcl_GlobTypeData {
    /* Corresponds to bcdpfls as in 'find -t' */
    int \fItype\fR;
    /* Corresponds to file permissions */





|







 







|
|







 







|
|







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
...
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
....
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 Vincent Darley
'\" Copyright (c) 2008-2010 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Filesystem 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_FSRegister, Tcl_FSUnregister, Tcl_FSData, Tcl_FSMountsChanged, Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath, Tcl_FSGetPathType, Tcl_FSCopyFile, Tcl_FSCopyDirectory, Tcl_FSCreateDirectory, Tcl_FSDeleteFile, Tcl_FSRemoveDirectory, Tcl_FSRenameFile, Tcl_FSListVolumes, Tcl_FSEvalFile, Tcl_FSEvalFileEx, Tcl_FSLoadFile, Tcl_FSUnloadFile, Tcl_FSMatchInDirectory, Tcl_FSLink, Tcl_FSLstat, Tcl_FSUtime, Tcl_FSFileAttrsGet, Tcl_FSFileAttrsSet, Tcl_FSFileAttrStrings, Tcl_FSStat, Tcl_FSAccess, Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel, Tcl_FSGetCwd, Tcl_FSChdir, Tcl_FSPathSeparator, Tcl_FSJoinPath, Tcl_FSSplitPath, Tcl_FSEqualPaths, Tcl_FSGetNormalizedPath, Tcl_FSJoinToPath, Tcl_FSConvertToPathType, Tcl_FSGetInternalRep, Tcl_FSGetTranslatedPath, Tcl_FSGetTranslatedStringPath, Tcl_FSNewNativePath, Tcl_FSGetNativePath, Tcl_FSFileSystemInfo, Tcl_GetAccessTimeFromStat, Tcl_GetBlockSizeFromStat, Tcl_GetBlocksFromStat, Tcl_GetChangeTimeFromStat, Tcl_GetDeviceTypeFromStat, Tcl_GetFSDeviceFromStat, Tcl_GetFSInodeFromStat, Tcl_GetGroupIdFromStat, Tcl_GetLinkCountFromStat, Tcl_GetModeFromStat, Tcl_GetModificationTimeFromStat, Tcl_GetSizeFromStat, Tcl_GetUserIdFromStat, Tcl_AllocStatBuf \- procedures to interact with any filesystem
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
.VE 8.6
.PP
\fBTcl_FSMatchInDirectory\fR is used by the globbing code to search a
directory for all files which match a given pattern. The appropriate
function for the filesystem to which \fIpathPtr\fR belongs will be called.
.PP
The return value is a standard Tcl result indicating whether an error
occurred in globbing. Error messages are placed in interp (unless
interp is NULL, which is allowed), but good results are placed in the
resultPtr given.
.PP
Note that the \fBglob\fR code implements recursive patterns internally, so
this function will only ever be passed simple patterns, which can be
matched using the logic of \fBstring match\fR. To handle recursion, Tcl
will call this function frequently asking only for directories to be
returned. A special case of being called with a NULL pattern indicates
................................................................................
assumed to be both non-NULL and non-empty. It is not currently
documented whether \fIpathPtr\fR will have a file separator at its end of
not, so code should be flexible to both possibilities.
.PP
The return value is a standard Tcl result indicating whether an error
occurred in the matching process. Error messages are placed in
\fIinterp\fR, unless \fIinterp\fR in NULL in which case no error
message need be generated; on a \fBTCL_OK\fR result, results should be
added to the \fIresultPtr\fR value given (which can be assumed to be a
valid unshared Tcl list). The matches added
to \fIresultPtr\fR should include any path prefix given in \fIpathPtr\fR
(this usually means they will be absolute path specifications).
Note that if no matches are found, that simply leads to an empty
result; errors are only signaled for actual file or filesystem
problems which may occur during the matching process.
.PP
The \fBTcl_GlobTypeData\fR structure passed in the \fItypes\fR
parameter contains the following fields:
.PP
.CS
typedef struct Tcl_GlobTypeData {
    /* Corresponds to bcdpfls as in 'find -t' */
    int \fItype\fR;
    /* Corresponds to file permissions */

Changes to doc/GetHostName.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
..
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_GetHostName 3 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_GetHostName \- get the name of the local host
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
const char *
\fBTcl_GetHostName\fR()
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTcl_GetHostName\fR is a utility procedure used by some of the
Tcl commands.  It returns a pointer to a string containing the name 
for the current machine, or an empty string if the name cannot be
determined.  The string is statically allocated, and the caller must
not modify of free it.
.PP
.SH KEYWORDS
hostname


|







 







|






1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
..
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
.TH Tcl_GetHostName 3 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_GetHostName \- get the name of the local host
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
const char *
\fBTcl_GetHostName\fR()
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTcl_GetHostName\fR is a utility procedure used by some of the
Tcl commands.  It returns a pointer to a string containing the name
for the current machine, or an empty string if the name cannot be
determined.  The string is statically allocated, and the caller must
not modify of free it.
.PP
.SH KEYWORDS
hostname

Changes to doc/GetStdChan.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
..
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_GetStdChannel 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
Tcl_GetStdChannel, Tcl_SetStdChannel \- procedures for retrieving and replacing the standard channels
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
Tcl defines three special channels that are used by various I/O related
commands if no other channels are specified.  The standard input channel
has a channel name of \fBstdin\fR and is used by \fBread\fR and \fBgets\fR.
The standard output channel is named \fBstdout\fR and is used by
\fBputs\fR.  The standard error channel is named \fBstderr\fR and is used for 
reporting errors.  In addition, the standard channels are inherited by any
child processes created using \fBexec\fR or \fBopen\fR in the absence of any
other redirections.
.PP
The standard channels are actually aliases for other normal channels.  The
current channel associated with a standard channel can be retrieved by calling
\fBTcl_GetStdChannel\fR with one of 
\fBTCL_STDIN\fR, \fBTCL_STDOUT\fR, or \fBTCL_STDERR\fR as the \fItype\fR.  The
return value will be a valid channel, or NULL.
.PP
A new channel can be set for the standard channel specified by \fItype\fR 
by calling \fBTcl_SetStdChannel\fR with a new channel or NULL in the
\fIchannel\fR argument.  If the specified channel is closed by a later call to
\fBTcl_Close\fR, then the corresponding standard channel will automatically be
set to NULL.
.PP
If a non-NULL value for \fIchannel\fR is passed to \fBTcl_SetStdChannel\fR,
then that same value should be passed to \fBTcl_RegisterChannel\fR, like so:
................................................................................
.PP
This is a workaround for a misfeature in \fBTcl_SetStdChannel\fR that it
fails to do some reference counting housekeeping.  This misfeature cannot
be corrected without contradicting the assumptions of some existing
code that calls \fBTcl_SetStdChannel\fR.
.PP
If \fBTcl_GetStdChannel\fR is called before \fBTcl_SetStdChannel\fR, Tcl will
construct a new channel to wrap the appropriate platform-specific standard 
file handle.  If \fBTcl_SetStdChannel\fR is called before
\fBTcl_GetStdChannel\fR, then the default channel will not be created.
.PP
If one of the standard channels is set to NULL, either by calling
\fBTcl_SetStdChannel\fR with a NULL \fIchannel\fR argument, or by calling
\fBTcl_Close\fR on the channel, then the next call to \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR
will automatically set the standard channel with the newly created channel.  If




|







 







|






|



|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
..
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_GetStdChannel 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
Tcl_GetStdChannel, Tcl_SetStdChannel \- procedures for retrieving and replacing the standard channels
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
Tcl defines three special channels that are used by various I/O related
commands if no other channels are specified.  The standard input channel
has a channel name of \fBstdin\fR and is used by \fBread\fR and \fBgets\fR.
The standard output channel is named \fBstdout\fR and is used by
\fBputs\fR.  The standard error channel is named \fBstderr\fR and is used for
reporting errors.  In addition, the standard channels are inherited by any
child processes created using \fBexec\fR or \fBopen\fR in the absence of any
other redirections.
.PP
The standard channels are actually aliases for other normal channels.  The
current channel associated with a standard channel can be retrieved by calling
\fBTcl_GetStdChannel\fR with one of
\fBTCL_STDIN\fR, \fBTCL_STDOUT\fR, or \fBTCL_STDERR\fR as the \fItype\fR.  The
return value will be a valid channel, or NULL.
.PP
A new channel can be set for the standard channel specified by \fItype\fR
by calling \fBTcl_SetStdChannel\fR with a new channel or NULL in the
\fIchannel\fR argument.  If the specified channel is closed by a later call to
\fBTcl_Close\fR, then the corresponding standard channel will automatically be
set to NULL.
.PP
If a non-NULL value for \fIchannel\fR is passed to \fBTcl_SetStdChannel\fR,
then that same value should be passed to \fBTcl_RegisterChannel\fR, like so:
................................................................................
.PP
This is a workaround for a misfeature in \fBTcl_SetStdChannel\fR that it
fails to do some reference counting housekeeping.  This misfeature cannot
be corrected without contradicting the assumptions of some existing
code that calls \fBTcl_SetStdChannel\fR.
.PP
If \fBTcl_GetStdChannel\fR is called before \fBTcl_SetStdChannel\fR, Tcl will
construct a new channel to wrap the appropriate platform-specific standard
file handle.  If \fBTcl_SetStdChannel\fR is called before
\fBTcl_GetStdChannel\fR, then the default channel will not be created.
.PP
If one of the standard channels is set to NULL, either by calling
\fBTcl_SetStdChannel\fR with a NULL \fIchannel\fR argument, or by calling
\fBTcl_Close\fR on the channel, then the next call to \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR
will automatically set the standard channel with the newly created channel.  If

Changes to doc/GetVersion.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_GetVersion 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_GetVersion \- get the version of the library at runtime
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
Major version number of the Tcl library.
.AP int *minor out
Minor version number of the Tcl library.
.AP int *patchLevel out
The patch level of the Tcl library (or alpha or beta number).
.AP Tcl_ReleaseType *type out
The type of release, also indicates the type of patch level. Can be
one of \fBTCL_ALPHA_RELEASE\fR, \fBTCL_BETA_RELEASE\fR, or 
\fBTCL_FINAL_RELEASE\fR.
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTcl_GetVersion\fR should be used to query the version number
of the Tcl library at runtime.  This is useful when using a 
dynamically loaded Tcl library or when writing a stubs-aware
extension.  For instance, if you write an extension that is
linked against the Tcl stubs library, it could be loaded into
a program linked to an older version of Tcl than you expected.
Use \fBTcl_GetVersion\fR to verify that fact, and possibly to
change the behavior of your extension.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetVersion\fR accepts NULL for any of the arguments. For instance if 
you do not care about the \fIpatchLevel\fR of the library, pass
a NULL for the \fIpatchLevel\fR argument.

.SH KEYWORDS
version, patchlevel, major, minor, alpha, beta, release





|







 







|






|







|






1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_GetVersion 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_GetVersion \- get the version of the library at runtime
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
Major version number of the Tcl library.
.AP int *minor out
Minor version number of the Tcl library.
.AP int *patchLevel out
The patch level of the Tcl library (or alpha or beta number).
.AP Tcl_ReleaseType *type out
The type of release, also indicates the type of patch level. Can be
one of \fBTCL_ALPHA_RELEASE\fR, \fBTCL_BETA_RELEASE\fR, or
\fBTCL_FINAL_RELEASE\fR.
.BE

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTcl_GetVersion\fR should be used to query the version number
of the Tcl library at runtime.  This is useful when using a
dynamically loaded Tcl library or when writing a stubs-aware
extension.  For instance, if you write an extension that is
linked against the Tcl stubs library, it could be loaded into
a program linked to an older version of Tcl than you expected.
Use \fBTcl_GetVersion\fR to verify that fact, and possibly to
change the behavior of your extension.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetVersion\fR accepts NULL for any of the arguments. For instance if
you do not care about the \fIpatchLevel\fR of the library, pass
a NULL for the \fIpatchLevel\fR argument.

.SH KEYWORDS
version, patchlevel, major, minor, alpha, beta, release

Changes to doc/Hash.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
...
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_Hash 3 "" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_InitHashTable, Tcl_InitCustomHashTable, Tcl_InitObjHashTable, Tcl_DeleteHashTable, Tcl_CreateHashEntry, Tcl_DeleteHashEntry, Tcl_FindHashEntry, Tcl_GetHashValue, Tcl_SetHashValue, Tcl_GetHashKey, Tcl_FirstHashEntry, Tcl_NextHashEntry, Tcl_HashStats \- procedures to manage hash tables
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
and stored in hash table entries as
.QW "char *"
values.
The pointer value is the key;  it need not (and usually does not)
actually point to a string.
.IP \fBTCL_CUSTOM_TYPE_KEYS\fR 25
Keys are of arbitrary type, and are stored in the entry. Hashing
and comparison is determined by \fItypePtr\fR. The Tcl_HashKeyType 
structure is described in the section 
\fBTHE TCL_HASHKEYTYPE STRUCTURE\fR below.
.IP \fBTCL_CUSTOM_PTR_KEYS\fR 25
Keys are pointers to an arbitrary type, and are stored in the entry. Hashing
and comparison is determined by \fItypePtr\fR. The Tcl_HashKeyType 
structure is described in the section 
\fBTHE TCL_HASHKEYTYPE STRUCTURE\fR below.
.IP \fIother\fR 25
If \fIkeyType\fR is not one of the above,
then it must be an integer value greater than 1.
In this case the keys will be arrays of
.QW int
values, where





|







 







|
|



|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
...
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Hash 3 "" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_InitHashTable, Tcl_InitCustomHashTable, Tcl_InitObjHashTable, Tcl_DeleteHashTable, Tcl_CreateHashEntry, Tcl_DeleteHashEntry, Tcl_FindHashEntry, Tcl_GetHashValue, Tcl_SetHashValue, Tcl_GetHashKey, Tcl_FirstHashEntry, Tcl_NextHashEntry, Tcl_HashStats \- procedures to manage hash tables
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
and stored in hash table entries as
.QW "char *"
values.
The pointer value is the key;  it need not (and usually does not)
actually point to a string.
.IP \fBTCL_CUSTOM_TYPE_KEYS\fR 25
Keys are of arbitrary type, and are stored in the entry. Hashing
and comparison is determined by \fItypePtr\fR. The Tcl_HashKeyType
structure is described in the section
\fBTHE TCL_HASHKEYTYPE STRUCTURE\fR below.
.IP \fBTCL_CUSTOM_PTR_KEYS\fR 25
Keys are pointers to an arbitrary type, and are stored in the entry. Hashing
and comparison is determined by \fItypePtr\fR. The Tcl_HashKeyType
structure is described in the section
\fBTHE TCL_HASHKEYTYPE STRUCTURE\fR below.
.IP \fIother\fR 25
If \fIkeyType\fR is not one of the above,
then it must be an integer value greater than 1.
In this case the keys will be arrays of
.QW int
values, where

Changes to doc/IntObj.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_IntObj 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_NewIntObj, Tcl_NewLongObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj, Tcl_SetIntObj, Tcl_SetLongObj, Tcl_SetWideIntObj, Tcl_GetIntFromObj, Tcl_GetLongFromObj, Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj, Tcl_NewBignumObj, Tcl_SetBignumObj, Tcl_GetBignumFromObj, Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj \- manipulate Tcl values as integers
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
.AP double doubleValue in
Double value from which the integer part is determined and
used to initialize a multi-precision integer value.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
These procedures are used to create, modify, and read Tcl values
that hold integral values.  
.PP
The different routines exist to accommodate different integral types in C
with which values might be exchanged.  The C integral types for which Tcl
provides value exchange routines are \fBint\fR, \fBlong int\fR,
\fBTcl_WideInt\fR, and \fBmp_int\fR.  The \fBint\fR and \fBlong int\fR types
are provided by the C language standard.  The \fBTcl_WideInt\fR type is a
typedef defined to be whatever signed integral type covers at least the
64-bit integer range (-9223372036854775808 to 9223372036854775807).  Depending
on the platform and the C compiler, the actual type might be
\fBlong int\fR, \fBlong long int\fR, \fBint64\fR, or something else.
The \fBmp_int\fR type is a multiple-precision integer type defined
by the LibTomMath multiple-precision integer library.  
.PP
The \fBTcl_NewIntObj\fR, \fBTcl_NewLongObj\fR, \fBTcl_NewWideIntObj\fR,
and \fBTcl_NewBignumObj\fR routines each create and return a new
Tcl value initialized to the integral value of the argument.  The
returned Tcl value is unshared.
.PP
The \fBTcl_SetIntObj\fR, \fBTcl_SetLongObj\fR, \fBTcl_SetWideIntObj\fR,




|







 







|











|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_IntObj 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_NewIntObj, Tcl_NewLongObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj, Tcl_SetIntObj, Tcl_SetLongObj, Tcl_SetWideIntObj, Tcl_GetIntFromObj, Tcl_GetLongFromObj, Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj, Tcl_NewBignumObj, Tcl_SetBignumObj, Tcl_GetBignumFromObj, Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj \- manipulate Tcl values as integers
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
.AP double doubleValue in
Double value from which the integer part is determined and
used to initialize a multi-precision integer value.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
These procedures are used to create, modify, and read Tcl values
that hold integral values.
.PP
The different routines exist to accommodate different integral types in C
with which values might be exchanged.  The C integral types for which Tcl
provides value exchange routines are \fBint\fR, \fBlong int\fR,
\fBTcl_WideInt\fR, and \fBmp_int\fR.  The \fBint\fR and \fBlong int\fR types
are provided by the C language standard.  The \fBTcl_WideInt\fR type is a
typedef defined to be whatever signed integral type covers at least the
64-bit integer range (-9223372036854775808 to 9223372036854775807).  Depending
on the platform and the C compiler, the actual type might be
\fBlong int\fR, \fBlong long int\fR, \fBint64\fR, or something else.
The \fBmp_int\fR type is a multiple-precision integer type defined
by the LibTomMath multiple-precision integer library.
.PP
The \fBTcl_NewIntObj\fR, \fBTcl_NewLongObj\fR, \fBTcl_NewWideIntObj\fR,
and \fBTcl_NewBignumObj\fR routines each create and return a new
Tcl value initialized to the integral value of the argument.  The
returned Tcl value is unshared.
.PP
The \fBTcl_SetIntObj\fR, \fBTcl_SetLongObj\fR, \fBTcl_SetWideIntObj\fR,

Changes to doc/Interp.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_Interp 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_Interp \- client-visible fields of interpreter structures
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
In this case, the \fIfreeProc\fR field must be zero.
Alternatively, a command procedure may dynamically
allocate its return value (e.g. using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR)
and store a pointer to it in \fIinterp->result\fR.
In this case, the command procedure must also set \fIinterp->freeProc\fR
to the address of a procedure that can free the value, or \fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR
if the storage was allocated directly by Tcl or by a call to
\fBTcl_Alloc\fR. 
If \fIinterp->freeProc\fR is non-zero, then Tcl will call \fIfreeProc\fR
to free the space pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR before it
invokes the next command.
If a client procedure overwrites \fIinterp->result\fR when
\fIinterp->freeProc\fR is non-zero, then it is responsible for calling
\fIfreeProc\fR to free the old \fIinterp->result\fR (the \fBTcl_FreeResult\fR
macro should be used for this purpose).





|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Interp 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_Interp \- client-visible fields of interpreter structures
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
In this case, the \fIfreeProc\fR field must be zero.
Alternatively, a command procedure may dynamically
allocate its return value (e.g. using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR)
and store a pointer to it in \fIinterp->result\fR.
In this case, the command procedure must also set \fIinterp->freeProc\fR
to the address of a procedure that can free the value, or \fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR
if the storage was allocated directly by Tcl or by a call to
\fBTcl_Alloc\fR.
If \fIinterp->freeProc\fR is non-zero, then Tcl will call \fIfreeProc\fR
to free the space pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR before it
invokes the next command.
If a client procedure overwrites \fIinterp->result\fR when
\fIinterp->freeProc\fR is non-zero, then it is responsible for calling
\fIfreeProc\fR to free the old \fIinterp->result\fR (the \fBTcl_FreeResult\fR
macro should be used for this purpose).

Changes to doc/ListObj.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
...
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_ListObj 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_ListObjAppendList, Tcl_ListObjAppendElement, Tcl_NewListObj, Tcl_SetListObj, Tcl_ListObjGetElements, Tcl_ListObjLength, Tcl_ListObjIndex, Tcl_ListObjReplace \- manipulate Tcl values as lists
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
this points to the Tcl value that will be converted to a list value
containing the \fIobjc\fR elements of the array referenced by \fIobjv\fR.
.AP int *objcPtr in
Points to location where \fBTcl_ListObjGetElements\fR
stores the number of element values in \fIlistPtr\fR.
.AP Tcl_Obj ***objvPtr out
A location where \fBTcl_ListObjGetElements\fR stores a pointer to an array
of pointers to the element values of \fIlistPtr\fR.  
.AP int objc in
The number of Tcl values that \fBTcl_NewListObj\fR
will insert into a new list value,
and \fBTcl_ListObjReplace\fR will insert into \fIlistPtr\fR.
For \fBTcl_SetListObj\fR,
the number of Tcl values to insert into \fIobjPtr\fR.
.AP "Tcl_Obj *const" objv[] in
An array of pointers to values.
\fBTcl_NewListObj\fR will insert these values into a new list value
and \fBTcl_ListObjReplace\fR will insert them into an existing \fIlistPtr\fR.
Each value will become a separate list element.  
.AP int *intPtr out
Points to location where \fBTcl_ListObjLength\fR
stores the length of the list.
.AP int index in
Index of the list element that \fBTcl_ListObjIndex\fR
is to return.
The first element has index 0.
................................................................................
since \fIlistPtr\fR now also refers to it.
For the same reason, \fBTcl_ListObjAppendElement\fR
increments \fIobjPtr\fR's reference count.
If no error occurs,
the two procedures return \fBTCL_OK\fR after appending the values.
.PP
\fBTcl_NewListObj\fR and \fBTcl_SetListObj\fR
create a new value or modify an existing value to hold 
the \fIobjc\fR elements of the array referenced by \fIobjv\fR
where each element is a pointer to a Tcl value.
If \fIobjc\fR is less than or equal to zero,
they return an empty value.
The new value's string representation is left invalid.
The two procedures increment the reference counts
of the elements in \fIobjc\fR since the list value now refers to them.




|







 







|










|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
...
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_ListObj 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_ListObjAppendList, Tcl_ListObjAppendElement, Tcl_NewListObj, Tcl_SetListObj, Tcl_ListObjGetElements, Tcl_ListObjLength, Tcl_ListObjIndex, Tcl_ListObjReplace \- manipulate Tcl values as lists
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
this points to the Tcl value that will be converted to a list value
containing the \fIobjc\fR elements of the array referenced by \fIobjv\fR.
.AP int *objcPtr in
Points to location where \fBTcl_ListObjGetElements\fR
stores the number of element values in \fIlistPtr\fR.
.AP Tcl_Obj ***objvPtr out
A location where \fBTcl_ListObjGetElements\fR stores a pointer to an array
of pointers to the element values of \fIlistPtr\fR.
.AP int objc in
The number of Tcl values that \fBTcl_NewListObj\fR
will insert into a new list value,
and \fBTcl_ListObjReplace\fR will insert into \fIlistPtr\fR.
For \fBTcl_SetListObj\fR,
the number of Tcl values to insert into \fIobjPtr\fR.
.AP "Tcl_Obj *const" objv[] in
An array of pointers to values.
\fBTcl_NewListObj\fR will insert these values into a new list value
and \fBTcl_ListObjReplace\fR will insert them into an existing \fIlistPtr\fR.
Each value will become a separate list element.
.AP int *intPtr out
Points to location where \fBTcl_ListObjLength\fR
stores the length of the list.
.AP int index in
Index of the list element that \fBTcl_ListObjIndex\fR
is to return.
The first element has index 0.
................................................................................
since \fIlistPtr\fR now also refers to it.
For the same reason, \fBTcl_ListObjAppendElement\fR
increments \fIobjPtr\fR's reference count.
If no error occurs,
the two procedures return \fBTCL_OK\fR after appending the values.
.PP
\fBTcl_NewListObj\fR and \fBTcl_SetListObj\fR
create a new value or modify an existing value to hold
the \fIobjc\fR elements of the array referenced by \fIobjv\fR
where each element is a pointer to a Tcl value.
If \fIobjc\fR is less than or equal to zero,
they return an empty value.
The new value's string representation is left invalid.
The two procedures increment the reference counts
of the elements in \fIobjc\fR since the list value now refers to them.

Changes to doc/NRE.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
..
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
...
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
...
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2008 by Kevin B. Kenny.
.\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH NRE 3 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_NRCreateCommand, Tcl_NRCallObjProc, Tcl_NREvalObj, Tcl_NREvalObjv, Tcl_NRCmdSwap, Tcl_NRExprObj, Tcl_NRAddCallback \- Non-Recursive (stackless) evaluation of Tcl scripts.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
Interpreter in which to create or evaluate a command.
.AP char *cmdName in
Name of a new command to create.
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc in
Implementation of a command that will be called whenever \fIcmdName\fR
is invoked as a command in the unoptimized way.
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *nreProc in
Implementation of a command that will be called whenever \fIcmdName\fR 
is invoked and requested to conserve the C stack.
.AP ClientData clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value that will be passed to \fIproc\fR, \fInreProc\fR,
\fIdeleteProc\fR and \fIobjProc\fR.
.AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
Procedure to call before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter.
This procedure allows for command-specific cleanup. If \fIdeleteProc\fR
................................................................................
.AP ClientData data1 in
.AP ClientData data2 in
.AP ClientData data3 in
\fIdata0\fR through \fIdata3\fR are four one-word values that will be passed
to the function designated by \fIpostProcPtr\fR when it is invoked.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP 
This series of C functions provides an interface whereby commands that
are implemented in C can be evaluated, and invoke Tcl commands scripts
and scripts, without consuming space on the C stack. The non-recursive
evaluation is done by installing a \fItrampoline\fR, a small piece of
code that invokes a command or script, and then executes a series of
callbacks when the command or script returns. 
.PP
The \fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR function creates a Tcl command in the
interpreter designated by \fIinterp\fR that is prepared to handle
nonrecursive evaluation with a trampoline. The \fIcmdName\fR argument
gives the name of the new command. If \fIcmdName\fR contains any
namespace qualifiers, then the new command is added to the specified
namespace; otherwise, it is added to the global namespace. \fIproc\fR
................................................................................
\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR) identifying the command to be invoked in
the trampoline; this command must match the word in \fIobjv[0]\fR.
The remaining arguments are as for \fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_NREvalObj\fR, \fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR and \fBTcl_NRCmdSwap\fR
all accept a \fIflags\fR parameter, which is an OR-ed-together set of
bits to control evaluation. At the present time, the only supported flag
available to callers is \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR. 
.\" TODO: Again, this is a lie. Do we want to explain TCL_EVAL_INVOKE
.\"       and TCL_EVAL_NOERR?
If the \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR flag is set, the script or command is
evaluated in the global namespace. If it is not set, it is evaluated
in the current namespace.
.PP
\fBTcl_NRExprObj\fR arranges for the expression contained in \fIobjPtr\fR
................................................................................
int
\fITheCmdNewObjProc\fR(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    return \fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR(interp, \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR, 
            clientData, objc, objv);
}
.CE
.PP
The trampoline-enabled implementation requests postprocessing,
and returns to the trampoline requesting command evaluation.
.PP




|







 







|







 







|





|







 







|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
..
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
...
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
...
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2008 by Kevin B. Kenny.
.\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH NRE 3 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_NRCreateCommand, Tcl_NRCallObjProc, Tcl_NREvalObj, Tcl_NREvalObjv, Tcl_NRCmdSwap, Tcl_NRExprObj, Tcl_NRAddCallback \- Non-Recursive (stackless) evaluation of Tcl scripts.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
Interpreter in which to create or evaluate a command.
.AP char *cmdName in
Name of a new command to create.
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc in
Implementation of a command that will be called whenever \fIcmdName\fR
is invoked as a command in the unoptimized way.
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *nreProc in
Implementation of a command that will be called whenever \fIcmdName\fR
is invoked and requested to conserve the C stack.
.AP ClientData clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value that will be passed to \fIproc\fR, \fInreProc\fR,
\fIdeleteProc\fR and \fIobjProc\fR.
.AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
Procedure to call before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter.
This procedure allows for command-specific cleanup. If \fIdeleteProc\fR
................................................................................
.AP ClientData data1 in
.AP ClientData data2 in
.AP ClientData data3 in
\fIdata0\fR through \fIdata3\fR are four one-word values that will be passed
to the function designated by \fIpostProcPtr\fR when it is invoked.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This series of C functions provides an interface whereby commands that
are implemented in C can be evaluated, and invoke Tcl commands scripts
and scripts, without consuming space on the C stack. The non-recursive
evaluation is done by installing a \fItrampoline\fR, a small piece of
code that invokes a command or script, and then executes a series of
callbacks when the command or script returns.
.PP
The \fBTcl_NRCreateCommand\fR function creates a Tcl command in the
interpreter designated by \fIinterp\fR that is prepared to handle
nonrecursive evaluation with a trampoline. The \fIcmdName\fR argument
gives the name of the new command. If \fIcmdName\fR contains any
namespace qualifiers, then the new command is added to the specified
namespace; otherwise, it is added to the global namespace. \fIproc\fR
................................................................................
\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR) identifying the command to be invoked in
the trampoline; this command must match the word in \fIobjv[0]\fR.
The remaining arguments are as for \fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_NREvalObj\fR, \fBTcl_NREvalObjv\fR and \fBTcl_NRCmdSwap\fR
all accept a \fIflags\fR parameter, which is an OR-ed-together set of
bits to control evaluation. At the present time, the only supported flag
available to callers is \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR.
.\" TODO: Again, this is a lie. Do we want to explain TCL_EVAL_INVOKE
.\"       and TCL_EVAL_NOERR?
If the \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR flag is set, the script or command is
evaluated in the global namespace. If it is not set, it is evaluated
in the current namespace.
.PP
\fBTcl_NRExprObj\fR arranges for the expression contained in \fIobjPtr\fR
................................................................................
int
\fITheCmdNewObjProc\fR(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    return \fBTcl_NRCallObjProc\fR(interp, \fITheCmdNRObjProc\fR,
            clientData, objc, objv);
}
.CE
.PP
The trampoline-enabled implementation requests postprocessing,
and returns to the trampoline requesting command evaluation.
.PP

Changes to doc/Notifier.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
...
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Notifier 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CreateEventSource, Tcl_DeleteEventSource, Tcl_SetMaxBlockTime, Tcl_QueueEvent, Tcl_ThreadQueueEvent, Tcl_ThreadAlert, Tcl_GetCurrentThread, Tcl_DeleteEvents, Tcl_InitNotifier, Tcl_FinalizeNotifier, Tcl_WaitForEvent, Tcl_AlertNotifier, Tcl_SetTimer, Tcl_ServiceAll, Tcl_ServiceEvent, Tcl_GetServiceMode, Tcl_SetServiceMode, Tcl_ServiceModeHook, Tcl_SetNotifier \- the event queue and notifier interfaces
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
order at appropriate times during the event loop. The event queue
guarantees a fair discipline of event handling, so that no event
source can starve the others.  It also allows events to be saved for
servicing at a future time.  Threaded applications work in a
similar manner, except that there is a separate event queue for
each thread containing a Tcl interpreter.
\fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR is used (primarily
by event sources) to add events to the event queue and 
\fBTcl_DeleteEvents\fR is used to remove events from the queue without
processing them.  In a threaded application, \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR adds
an event to the current thread's queue, and \fBTcl_ThreadQueueEvent\fR
adds an event to a queue in a specific thread.
.IP [3]
The event loop: in order to detect and process events, the application
enters a loop that waits for events to occur, places them on the event





|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
...
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Notifier 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CreateEventSource, Tcl_DeleteEventSource, Tcl_SetMaxBlockTime, Tcl_QueueEvent, Tcl_ThreadQueueEvent, Tcl_ThreadAlert, Tcl_GetCurrentThread, Tcl_DeleteEvents, Tcl_InitNotifier, Tcl_FinalizeNotifier, Tcl_WaitForEvent, Tcl_AlertNotifier, Tcl_SetTimer, Tcl_ServiceAll, Tcl_ServiceEvent, Tcl_GetServiceMode, Tcl_SetServiceMode, Tcl_ServiceModeHook, Tcl_SetNotifier \- the event queue and notifier interfaces
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
order at appropriate times during the event loop. The event queue
guarantees a fair discipline of event handling, so that no event
source can starve the others.  It also allows events to be saved for
servicing at a future time.  Threaded applications work in a
similar manner, except that there is a separate event queue for
each thread containing a Tcl interpreter.
\fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR is used (primarily
by event sources) to add events to the event queue and
\fBTcl_DeleteEvents\fR is used to remove events from the queue without
processing them.  In a threaded application, \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR adds
an event to the current thread's queue, and \fBTcl_ThreadQueueEvent\fR
adds an event to a queue in a specific thread.
.IP [3]
The event loop: in order to detect and process events, the application
enters a loop that waits for events to occur, places them on the event

Changes to doc/ObjectType.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
...
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_ObjType 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_RegisterObjType, Tcl_GetObjType, Tcl_AppendAllObjTypes, Tcl_ConvertToType  \- manipulate Tcl value types
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
converting \fIobjPtr\fR to a list value;
in that case \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned.
.PP
\fBTcl_ConvertToType\fR converts a value from one type to another
if possible.
It creates a new internal representation for \fIobjPtr\fR
appropriate for the target type \fItypePtr\fR
and sets its \fItypePtr\fR member as determined by calling the 
\fItypePtr->setFromAnyProc\fR routine.  
Any internal representation for \fIobjPtr\fR's old type is freed.
If an error occurs during conversion, it returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
and leaves an error message in the result value for \fIinterp\fR
unless \fIinterp\fR is NULL.
Otherwise, it returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
Passing a NULL \fIinterp\fR allows this procedure to be used
as a test whether the conversion can be done (and in fact was done).
................................................................................
        Tcl_Obj *\fIobjPtr\fR);
.CE
.PP
\fIobjPtr\fR's \fIbytes\fR member is always NULL when it is called.
It must always set \fIbytes\fR non-NULL before returning.
We require the string representation's byte array
to have a null after the last byte, at offset \fIlength\fR,
and to have no null bytes before that; this allows string representations 
to be treated as conventional null character-terminated C strings.
These restrictions are easily met by using Tcl's internal UTF encoding
for the string representation, same as one would do for other
Tcl routines accepting string values as arguments.
Storage for the byte array must be allocated in the heap by \fBTcl_Alloc\fR
or \fBckalloc\fR.  Note that \fIupdateStringProc\fRs must allocate
enough storage for the string's bytes and the terminating null byte.




|







 







|
|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
...
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_ObjType 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_RegisterObjType, Tcl_GetObjType, Tcl_AppendAllObjTypes, Tcl_ConvertToType  \- manipulate Tcl value types
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
converting \fIobjPtr\fR to a list value;
in that case \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned.
.PP
\fBTcl_ConvertToType\fR converts a value from one type to another
if possible.
It creates a new internal representation for \fIobjPtr\fR
appropriate for the target type \fItypePtr\fR
and sets its \fItypePtr\fR member as determined by calling the
\fItypePtr->setFromAnyProc\fR routine.
Any internal representation for \fIobjPtr\fR's old type is freed.
If an error occurs during conversion, it returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
and leaves an error message in the result value for \fIinterp\fR
unless \fIinterp\fR is NULL.
Otherwise, it returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
Passing a NULL \fIinterp\fR allows this procedure to be used
as a test whether the conversion can be done (and in fact was done).
................................................................................
        Tcl_Obj *\fIobjPtr\fR);
.CE
.PP
\fIobjPtr\fR's \fIbytes\fR member is always NULL when it is called.
It must always set \fIbytes\fR non-NULL before returning.
We require the string representation's byte array
to have a null after the last byte, at offset \fIlength\fR,
and to have no null bytes before that; this allows string representations
to be treated as conventional null character-terminated C strings.
These restrictions are easily met by using Tcl's internal UTF encoding
for the string representation, same as one would do for other
Tcl routines accepting string values as arguments.
Storage for the byte array must be allocated in the heap by \fBTcl_Alloc\fR
or \fBckalloc\fR.  Note that \fIupdateStringProc\fRs must allocate
enough storage for the string's bytes and the terminating null byte.

Changes to doc/Panic.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
..
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_Panic 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\"  Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
Tcl_Panic, Tcl_PanicVA, Tcl_SetPanicProc \- report fatal error and abort
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
.CE
.PP
After \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR returns, any future calls to
\fBTcl_Panic\fR will call \fIpanicProc\fR, passing along the
\fIformat\fR and \fIarg\fR arguments. \fIpanicProc\fR should avoid
making calls into the Tcl library, or into other libraries that may
call the Tcl library, since the original call to \fBTcl_Panic\fR
indicates the Tcl library is not in a state of reliable operation.  
.PP
The typical use of \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR arranges for the error message
to be displayed or reported in a manner more suitable for the
application or the platform.
.PP
Although the primary callers of \fBTcl_Panic\fR are the procedures of
the Tcl library, \fBTcl_Panic\fR is a public function and may be called


|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
..
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Panic 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\"  Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
Tcl_Panic, Tcl_PanicVA, Tcl_SetPanicProc \- report fatal error and abort
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
.CE
.PP
After \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR returns, any future calls to
\fBTcl_Panic\fR will call \fIpanicProc\fR, passing along the
\fIformat\fR and \fIarg\fR arguments. \fIpanicProc\fR should avoid
making calls into the Tcl library, or into other libraries that may
call the Tcl library, since the original call to \fBTcl_Panic\fR
indicates the Tcl library is not in a state of reliable operation.
.PP
The typical use of \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR arranges for the error message
to be displayed or reported in a manner more suitable for the
application or the platform.
.PP
Although the primary callers of \fBTcl_Panic\fR are the procedures of
the Tcl library, \fBTcl_Panic\fR is a public function and may be called

Changes to doc/PkgRequire.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_PkgRequire 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_PkgRequire, Tcl_PkgRequireEx, Tcl_PkgRequireProc, Tcl_PkgPresent, Tcl_PkgPresentEx, Tcl_PkgProvide, Tcl_PkgProvideEx \- package version control
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
\fBpackage provide\fR command.
.PP
See the documentation for the Tcl commands for details on what these
procedures do.
.PP
If \fBTcl_PkgPresent\fR or \fBTcl_PkgRequire\fR complete successfully
they return a pointer to the version string for the version of the package
that is provided in the interpreter (which may be different than 
\fIversion\fR); if an error occurs they return NULL and leave an error 
message in the interpreter's result.
.PP
\fBTcl_PkgProvide\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR if it completes successfully;
if an error occurs it returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leaves an error message
in the interpreter's result.
.PP
\fBTcl_PkgProvideEx\fR, \fBTcl_PkgPresentEx\fR and \fBTcl_PkgRequireEx\fR




|







 







|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_PkgRequire 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_PkgRequire, Tcl_PkgRequireEx, Tcl_PkgRequireProc, Tcl_PkgPresent, Tcl_PkgPresentEx, Tcl_PkgProvide, Tcl_PkgProvideEx \- package version control
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
\fBpackage provide\fR command.
.PP
See the documentation for the Tcl commands for details on what these
procedures do.
.PP
If \fBTcl_PkgPresent\fR or \fBTcl_PkgRequire\fR complete successfully
they return a pointer to the version string for the version of the package
that is provided in the interpreter (which may be different than
\fIversion\fR); if an error occurs they return NULL and leave an error
message in the interpreter's result.
.PP
\fBTcl_PkgProvide\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR if it completes successfully;
if an error occurs it returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leaves an error message
in the interpreter's result.
.PP
\fBTcl_PkgProvideEx\fR, \fBTcl_PkgPresentEx\fR and \fBTcl_PkgRequireEx\fR

Changes to doc/RegExp.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
...
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
...
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_RegExpMatch 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_RegExpMatch, Tcl_RegExpCompile, Tcl_RegExpExec, Tcl_RegExpRange, Tcl_GetRegExpFromObj, Tcl_RegExpMatchObj, Tcl_RegExpExecObj, Tcl_RegExpGetInfo \- Pattern matching with regular expressions
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
should be stored by \fBTcl_RegExpGetInfo\fR.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR determines whether its \fIpattern\fR argument
matches \fIregexp\fR, where \fIregexp\fR is interpreted
as a regular expression using the rules in the \fBre_syntax\fR
reference page. 
If there is a match then \fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR returns 1.
If there is no match then \fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR returns 0.
If an error occurs in the matching process (e.g. \fIpattern\fR
is not a valid regular expression) then \fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR
returns \-1 and leaves an error message in the interpreter result.
\fBTcl_RegExpMatchObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR except it
operates on the Tcl values \fItextObj\fR and \fIpatObj\fR instead of
UTF strings. 
\fBTcl_RegExpMatchObj\fR is generally more efficient than
\fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR, so it is the preferred interface.
.PP
\fBTcl_RegExpCompile\fR, \fBTcl_RegExpExec\fR, and \fBTcl_RegExpRange\fR
provide lower-level access to the regular expression pattern matcher.
\fBTcl_RegExpCompile\fR compiles a regular expression string into
the internal form used for efficient pattern matching.
................................................................................
\fBregsub\fR commands.
.TP
\fBTCL_REG_EXTENDED\fR
Compile extended regular expressions
.PQ ERE s .
This mode corresponds
to the regular expression syntax recognized by Tcl 8.0 and earlier
versions. 
.TP
\fBTCL_REG_BASIC\fR
Compile basic regular expressions
.PQ BRE s .
This mode corresponds
to the regular expression syntax recognized by common Unix utilities
like \fBsed\fR and \fBgrep\fR.  This is the default if no flags are
................................................................................
.PP
The \fIextendStart\fR field in \fBTcl_RegExpInfo\fR is only set if the
\fBTCL_REG_CANMATCH\fR flag was used.  It indicates the first
character in the string where a match could occur.  If a match was
found, this will be the same as the beginning of the current match.
If no match was found, then it indicates the earliest point at which a
match might occur if additional text is appended to the string.  If it
is no match is possible even with further text, this field will be set 
to \-1.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
re_syntax(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
match, pattern, regular expression, string, subexpression, Tcl_RegExpIndices, Tcl_RegExpInfo






|







 







|







|







 







|







 







|





1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
...
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
...
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_RegExpMatch 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_RegExpMatch, Tcl_RegExpCompile, Tcl_RegExpExec, Tcl_RegExpRange, Tcl_GetRegExpFromObj, Tcl_RegExpMatchObj, Tcl_RegExpExecObj, Tcl_RegExpGetInfo \- Pattern matching with regular expressions
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
should be stored by \fBTcl_RegExpGetInfo\fR.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR determines whether its \fIpattern\fR argument
matches \fIregexp\fR, where \fIregexp\fR is interpreted
as a regular expression using the rules in the \fBre_syntax\fR
reference page.
If there is a match then \fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR returns 1.
If there is no match then \fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR returns 0.
If an error occurs in the matching process (e.g. \fIpattern\fR
is not a valid regular expression) then \fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR
returns \-1 and leaves an error message in the interpreter result.
\fBTcl_RegExpMatchObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR except it
operates on the Tcl values \fItextObj\fR and \fIpatObj\fR instead of
UTF strings.
\fBTcl_RegExpMatchObj\fR is generally more efficient than
\fBTcl_RegExpMatch\fR, so it is the preferred interface.
.PP
\fBTcl_RegExpCompile\fR, \fBTcl_RegExpExec\fR, and \fBTcl_RegExpRange\fR
provide lower-level access to the regular expression pattern matcher.
\fBTcl_RegExpCompile\fR compiles a regular expression string into
the internal form used for efficient pattern matching.
................................................................................
\fBregsub\fR commands.
.TP
\fBTCL_REG_EXTENDED\fR
Compile extended regular expressions
.PQ ERE s .
This mode corresponds
to the regular expression syntax recognized by Tcl 8.0 and earlier
versions.
.TP
\fBTCL_REG_BASIC\fR
Compile basic regular expressions
.PQ BRE s .
This mode corresponds
to the regular expression syntax recognized by common Unix utilities
like \fBsed\fR and \fBgrep\fR.  This is the default if no flags are
................................................................................
.PP
The \fIextendStart\fR field in \fBTcl_RegExpInfo\fR is only set if the
\fBTCL_REG_CANMATCH\fR flag was used.  It indicates the first
character in the string where a match could occur.  If a match was
found, this will be the same as the beginning of the current match.
If no match was found, then it indicates the earliest point at which a
match might occur if additional text is appended to the string.  If it
is no match is possible even with further text, this field will be set
to \-1.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
re_syntax(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
match, pattern, regular expression, string, subexpression, Tcl_RegExpIndices, Tcl_RegExpInfo

Changes to doc/SaveResult.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
...
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2004. (not subject to US copyright)
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_SaveResult 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_SaveInterpState, Tcl_RestoreInterpState, Tcl_DiscardInterpState, Tcl_SaveResult, Tcl_RestoreResult, Tcl_DiscardResult \- save and restore an interpreter's state
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
.PP
Because the routines \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR,
\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR perform
a superset of the functions provided by the other routines,
any new code should only make use of the more powerful routines.
The older, weaker routines \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR,
and \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR continue to exist only for the sake
of existing programs that may already be using them.  
.PP
\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR takes a snapshot of those portions of
interpreter state that make up the full result of script evaluation.
This include the interpreter result, the return code (passed in
as the \fIstatus\fR argument, and any return options, including
\fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR when an error is in progress.
This snapshot is returned as an opaque token of type \fBTcl_InterpState\fR.
................................................................................
stored at \fBstatePtr\fR.  The state structure is left in an
uninitialized state and cannot be used until another call to
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR.
.PP
Once \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR is called to save the interpreter
result, either \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR or
\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR must be called to properly clean up the
memory associated with the saved state.  
.SH KEYWORDS
result, state, interp





|







 







|







 







|


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
...
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2004. (not subject to US copyright)
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_SaveResult 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_SaveInterpState, Tcl_RestoreInterpState, Tcl_DiscardInterpState, Tcl_SaveResult, Tcl_RestoreResult, Tcl_DiscardResult \- save and restore an interpreter's state
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
.PP
Because the routines \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR,
\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR perform
a superset of the functions provided by the other routines,
any new code should only make use of the more powerful routines.
The older, weaker routines \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR,
and \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR continue to exist only for the sake
of existing programs that may already be using them.
.PP
\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR takes a snapshot of those portions of
interpreter state that make up the full result of script evaluation.
This include the interpreter result, the return code (passed in
as the \fIstatus\fR argument, and any return options, including
\fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR when an error is in progress.
This snapshot is returned as an opaque token of type \fBTcl_InterpState\fR.
................................................................................
stored at \fBstatePtr\fR.  The state structure is left in an
uninitialized state and cannot be used until another call to
\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR.
.PP
Once \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR is called to save the interpreter
result, either \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR or
\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR must be called to properly clean up the
memory associated with the saved state.
.SH KEYWORDS
result, state, interp

Changes to doc/SetResult.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
...
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_SetResult 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendResultVA, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult, Tcl_FreeResult \- manipulate Tcl result
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
As a migration aid, access can be restored with the compiler directive
.CS
#define USE_INTERP_RESULT
.CE
but this is meant only to offer life support to otherwise dead code.
.SH "THE TCL_FREEPROC ARGUMENT TO TCL_SETRESULT"
.PP
\fBTcl_SetResult\fR's \fIfreeProc\fR argument specifies how 
the Tcl system is to manage the storage for the \fIresult\fR argument.
If \fBTcl_SetResult\fR or \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR are called
at a time when \fIinterp\fR holds a string result,
they do whatever is necessary to dispose of the old string result
(see the \fBTcl_Interp\fR manual entry for details on this).
.PP
If \fIfreeProc\fR is \fBTCL_STATIC\fR it means that \fIresult\fR





|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
...
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_SetResult 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendResultVA, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult, Tcl_FreeResult \- manipulate Tcl result
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
As a migration aid, access can be restored with the compiler directive
.CS
#define USE_INTERP_RESULT
.CE
but this is meant only to offer life support to otherwise dead code.
.SH "THE TCL_FREEPROC ARGUMENT TO TCL_SETRESULT"
.PP
\fBTcl_SetResult\fR's \fIfreeProc\fR argument specifies how
the Tcl system is to manage the storage for the \fIresult\fR argument.
If \fBTcl_SetResult\fR or \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR are called
at a time when \fIinterp\fR holds a string result,
they do whatever is necessary to dispose of the old string result
(see the \fBTcl_Interp\fR manual entry for details on this).
.PP
If \fIfreeProc\fR is \fBTCL_STATIC\fR it means that \fIresult\fR

Changes to doc/SetVar.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_SetVar 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_SetVar2Ex, Tcl_SetVar, Tcl_SetVar2, Tcl_ObjSetVar2, Tcl_GetVar2Ex, Tcl_GetVar, Tcl_GetVar2, Tcl_ObjGetVar2, Tcl_UnsetVar, Tcl_UnsetVar2 \- manipulate Tcl variables
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
These procedures are used to create, modify, read, and delete
Tcl variables from C code.
.PP
\fBTcl_SetVar2Ex\fR, \fBTcl_SetVar\fR, \fBTcl_SetVar2\fR, and
\fBTcl_ObjSetVar2\fR 
will create a new variable or modify an existing one.
These procedures set the given variable to the value
given by \fInewValuePtr\fR or \fInewValue\fR and return a
pointer to the variable's new value, which is stored in Tcl's
variable structure.
\fBTcl_SetVar2Ex\fR and \fBTcl_ObjSetVar2\fR take the new value as a
Tcl_Obj and return





|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_SetVar 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_SetVar2Ex, Tcl_SetVar, Tcl_SetVar2, Tcl_ObjSetVar2, Tcl_GetVar2Ex, Tcl_GetVar, Tcl_GetVar2, Tcl_ObjGetVar2, Tcl_UnsetVar, Tcl_UnsetVar2 \- manipulate Tcl variables
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................

.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
These procedures are used to create, modify, read, and delete
Tcl variables from C code.
.PP
\fBTcl_SetVar2Ex\fR, \fBTcl_SetVar\fR, \fBTcl_SetVar2\fR, and
\fBTcl_ObjSetVar2\fR
will create a new variable or modify an existing one.
These procedures set the given variable to the value
given by \fInewValuePtr\fR or \fInewValue\fR and return a
pointer to the variable's new value, which is stored in Tcl's
variable structure.
\fBTcl_SetVar2Ex\fR and \fBTcl_ObjSetVar2\fR take the new value as a
Tcl_Obj and return

Changes to doc/Tcl.n.

187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
and the resulting space will be treated as a word separator if it is not
in braces or quotes.
.TP 7
\e\e
Backslash
.PQ \e "" .
.TP 7
\e\fIooo\fR 
.
The digits \fIooo\fR (one, two, or three of them) give a eight-bit octal 
value for the Unicode character that will be inserted, in the range
\fI000\fR\(en\fI377\fR (i.e., the range U+000000\(enU+0000FF).
The parser will stop just before this range overflows, or when
the maximum of three digits is reached.  The upper bits of the Unicode
character will be 0.
.TP 7
\e\fBx\fIhh\fR 
.
The hexadecimal digits \fIhh\fR (one or two of them) give an eight-bit
hexadecimal value for the Unicode character that will be inserted.  The upper
bits of the Unicode character will be 0 (i.e., the character will be in the
range U+000000\(enU+0000FF).
.TP 7
\e\fBu\fIhhhh\fR 
.
The hexadecimal digits \fIhhhh\fR (one, two, three, or four of them) give a
sixteen-bit hexadecimal value for the Unicode character that will be
inserted.  The upper bits of the Unicode character will be 0 (i.e., the
character will be in the range U+000000\(enU+00FFFF).
.TP 7
\e\fBU\fIhhhhhhhh\fR 
.
The hexadecimal digits \fIhhhhhhhh\fR (one up to eight of them) give a
twenty-one-bit hexadecimal value for the Unicode character that will be
inserted, in the range U+000000\(enU+10FFFF.  The parser will stop just
before this range overflows, or when the maximum of eight digits
is reached.  The upper bits of the Unicode character will be 0.
.RS






|

|






|






|






|







187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
and the resulting space will be treated as a word separator if it is not
in braces or quotes.
.TP 7
\e\e
Backslash
.PQ \e "" .
.TP 7
\e\fIooo\fR
.
The digits \fIooo\fR (one, two, or three of them) give a eight-bit octal
value for the Unicode character that will be inserted, in the range
\fI000\fR\(en\fI377\fR (i.e., the range U+000000\(enU+0000FF).
The parser will stop just before this range overflows, or when
the maximum of three digits is reached.  The upper bits of the Unicode
character will be 0.
.TP 7
\e\fBx\fIhh\fR
.
The hexadecimal digits \fIhh\fR (one or two of them) give an eight-bit
hexadecimal value for the Unicode character that will be inserted.  The upper
bits of the Unicode character will be 0 (i.e., the character will be in the
range U+000000\(enU+0000FF).
.TP 7
\e\fBu\fIhhhh\fR
.
The hexadecimal digits \fIhhhh\fR (one, two, three, or four of them) give a
sixteen-bit hexadecimal value for the Unicode character that will be
inserted.  The upper bits of the Unicode character will be 0 (i.e., the
character will be in the range U+000000\(enU+00FFFF).
.TP 7
\e\fBU\fIhhhhhhhh\fR
.
The hexadecimal digits \fIhhhhhhhh\fR (one up to eight of them) give a
twenty-one-bit hexadecimal value for the Unicode character that will be
inserted, in the range U+000000\(enU+10FFFF.  The parser will stop just
before this range overflows, or when the maximum of eight digits
is reached.  The upper bits of the Unicode character will be 0.
.RS

Changes to doc/Tcl_Main.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
...
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
...
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_Main 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_Main, Tcl_SetStartupScript, Tcl_GetStartupScript, Tcl_SetMainLoop \- main program, startup script, and event loop definition for Tcl-based applications
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
\fBTcl_Main\fR can serve as the main program for Tcl-based shell
applications.  A
.QW "shell application"
is a program
like tclsh or wish that supports both interactive interpretation
of Tcl and evaluation of a script contained in a file given as
a command line argument.  \fBTcl_Main\fR is offered as a convenience
to developers of shell applications, so they do not have to 
reproduce all of the code for proper initialization of the Tcl
library and interactive shell operation.  Other styles of embedding
Tcl in an application are not supported by \fBTcl_Main\fR.  Those
must be achieved by calling lower level functions in the Tcl library
directly.
.PP
The \fBTcl_Main\fR function has been offered by the Tcl library
................................................................................
erases any existing registration so that \fBTcl_Main\fR
will not evaluate any startup script.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetStartupScript\fR queries the registered file name
and encoding set by the most recent \fBTcl_SetStartupScript\fR
call in the same thread.  The stored file name is returned,
and the stored encoding name is written to space pointed to
by \fIencodingPtr\fR, when that is not NULL.  
.PP
The file name and encoding values managed by the routines
\fBTcl_SetStartupScript\fR and \fBTcl_GetStartupScript\fR
are stored per-thread.  Although the storage and retrieval
functions of these routines work in any thread, only those
calls in the same master thread as \fBTcl_Main\fR can have
any influence on it.
................................................................................
.PP
When it has finished its own initialization, but before it processes
commands, \fBTcl_Main\fR calls the procedure given by the
\fIappInitProc\fR argument.  This procedure provides a
.QW hook
for the application to perform its own initialization of the interpreter
created by \fBTcl_Main\fR, such as defining application-specific
commands.  The application initialization routine might also 
call \fBTcl_SetStartupScript\fR to (re-)set the file and encoding
to be used as a startup script.  The procedure must have an interface
that matches the type \fBTcl_AppInitProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_AppInitProc\fR(
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);






|







 







|







 







|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
...
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
...
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Main 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_Main, Tcl_SetStartupScript, Tcl_GetStartupScript, Tcl_SetMainLoop \- main program, startup script, and event loop definition for Tcl-based applications
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
\fBTcl_Main\fR can serve as the main program for Tcl-based shell
applications.  A
.QW "shell application"
is a program
like tclsh or wish that supports both interactive interpretation
of Tcl and evaluation of a script contained in a file given as
a command line argument.  \fBTcl_Main\fR is offered as a convenience
to developers of shell applications, so they do not have to
reproduce all of the code for proper initialization of the Tcl
library and interactive shell operation.  Other styles of embedding
Tcl in an application are not supported by \fBTcl_Main\fR.  Those
must be achieved by calling lower level functions in the Tcl library
directly.
.PP
The \fBTcl_Main\fR function has been offered by the Tcl library
................................................................................
erases any existing registration so that \fBTcl_Main\fR
will not evaluate any startup script.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetStartupScript\fR queries the registered file name
and encoding set by the most recent \fBTcl_SetStartupScript\fR
call in the same thread.  The stored file name is returned,
and the stored encoding name is written to space pointed to
by \fIencodingPtr\fR, when that is not NULL.
.PP
The file name and encoding values managed by the routines
\fBTcl_SetStartupScript\fR and \fBTcl_GetStartupScript\fR
are stored per-thread.  Although the storage and retrieval
functions of these routines work in any thread, only those
calls in the same master thread as \fBTcl_Main\fR can have
any influence on it.
................................................................................
.PP
When it has finished its own initialization, but before it processes
commands, \fBTcl_Main\fR calls the procedure given by the
\fIappInitProc\fR argument.  This procedure provides a
.QW hook
for the application to perform its own initialization of the interpreter
created by \fBTcl_Main\fR, such as defining application-specific
commands.  The application initialization routine might also
call \fBTcl_SetStartupScript\fR to (re-)set the file and encoding
to be used as a startup script.  The procedure must have an interface
that matches the type \fBTcl_AppInitProc\fR:
.PP
.CS
typedef int \fBTcl_AppInitProc\fR(
        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);

Changes to doc/TraceCmd.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2002 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_TraceCommand 3 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CommandTraceInfo, Tcl_TraceCommand, Tcl_UntraceCommand \- monitor renames and deletes of a command
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2002 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_TraceCommand 3 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_CommandTraceInfo, Tcl_TraceCommand, Tcl_UntraceCommand \- monitor renames and deletes of a command
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/TraceVar.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
...
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_TraceVar 3 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_TraceVar, Tcl_TraceVar2, Tcl_UntraceVar, Tcl_UntraceVar2, Tcl_VarTraceInfo, Tcl_VarTraceInfo2 \- monitor accesses to a variable
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
.PP
The procedures \fBTcl_TraceVar2\fR, \fBTcl_UntraceVar2\fR, and
\fBTcl_VarTraceInfo2\fR are identical to \fBTcl_TraceVar\fR,
\fBTcl_UntraceVar\fR, and \fBTcl_VarTraceInfo\fR, respectively,
except that the name of the variable consists of two parts.
\fIName1\fR gives the name of a scalar variable or array,
and \fIname2\fR gives the name of an element within an array.
When \fIname2\fR is NULL, 
\fIname1\fR may contain both an array and an element name:
if the name contains an open parenthesis and ends with a
close parenthesis, then the value between the parentheses is
treated as an element name (which can have any string value) and
the characters before the first open
parenthesis are treated as the name of an array variable.
If \fIname2\fR is NULL and \fIname1\fR does not refer
to an array element it means that either the variable is
a scalar or the trace is to be set on the entire array rather
than an individual element (see WHOLE-ARRAY TRACES below for
more information). 
.SH "ACCESSING VARIABLES DURING TRACES"
.PP
During read, write, and array traces, the
trace procedure can read, write, or unset the traced
variable using \fBTcl_GetVar2\fR, \fBTcl_SetVar2\fR, and
other procedures.
While \fIproc\fR is executing, traces are temporarily disabled





|







 







|










|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
...
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_TraceVar 3 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_TraceVar, Tcl_TraceVar2, Tcl_UntraceVar, Tcl_UntraceVar2, Tcl_VarTraceInfo, Tcl_VarTraceInfo2 \- monitor accesses to a variable
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
.PP
The procedures \fBTcl_TraceVar2\fR, \fBTcl_UntraceVar2\fR, and
\fBTcl_VarTraceInfo2\fR are identical to \fBTcl_TraceVar\fR,
\fBTcl_UntraceVar\fR, and \fBTcl_VarTraceInfo\fR, respectively,
except that the name of the variable consists of two parts.
\fIName1\fR gives the name of a scalar variable or array,
and \fIname2\fR gives the name of an element within an array.
When \fIname2\fR is NULL,
\fIname1\fR may contain both an array and an element name:
if the name contains an open parenthesis and ends with a
close parenthesis, then the value between the parentheses is
treated as an element name (which can have any string value) and
the characters before the first open
parenthesis are treated as the name of an array variable.
If \fIname2\fR is NULL and \fIname1\fR does not refer
to an array element it means that either the variable is
a scalar or the trace is to be set on the entire array rather
than an individual element (see WHOLE-ARRAY TRACES below for
more information).
.SH "ACCESSING VARIABLES DURING TRACES"
.PP
During read, write, and array traces, the
trace procedure can read, write, or unset the traced
variable using \fBTcl_GetVar2\fR, \fBTcl_SetVar2\fR, and
other procedures.
While \fIproc\fR is executing, traces are temporarily disabled

Changes to doc/Translate.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_TranslateFileName 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_TranslateFileName \- convert file name to native form and replace tilde with home directory
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
anything stored here.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This utility procedure translates a file name to a platform-specific form
which, after being converted to the appropriate encoding, is suitable for
passing to the local operating system.  In particular, it converts
network names into native form and does tilde substitution.  
.PP
However, with the advent of the newer \fBTcl_FSGetNormalizedPath\fR and
\fBTcl_FSGetNativePath\fR, there is no longer any need to use this
procedure.  In particular, \fBTcl_FSGetNativePath\fR performs all the
necessary translation and encoding conversion, is virtual-filesystem
aware, and caches the native result for faster repeated calls.
Finally \fBTcl_FSGetNativePath\fR does not require you to free anything





|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_TranslateFileName 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_TranslateFileName \- convert file name to native form and replace tilde with home directory
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
anything stored here.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This utility procedure translates a file name to a platform-specific form
which, after being converted to the appropriate encoding, is suitable for
passing to the local operating system.  In particular, it converts
network names into native form and does tilde substitution.
.PP
However, with the advent of the newer \fBTcl_FSGetNormalizedPath\fR and
\fBTcl_FSGetNativePath\fR, there is no longer any need to use this
procedure.  In particular, \fBTcl_FSGetNativePath\fR performs all the
necessary translation and encoding conversion, is virtual-filesystem
aware, and caches the native result for faster repeated calls.
Finally \fBTcl_FSGetNativePath\fR does not require you to free anything

Changes to doc/UniCharIsAlpha.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_UniCharIsAlpha 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_UniCharIsAlnum, Tcl_UniCharIsAlpha, Tcl_UniCharIsControl, Tcl_UniCharIsDigit, Tcl_UniCharIsGraph, Tcl_UniCharIsLower, Tcl_UniCharIsPrint, Tcl_UniCharIsPunct, Tcl_UniCharIsSpace, Tcl_UniCharIsUpper, Tcl_UniCharIsWordChar \- routines for classification of Tcl_UniChar characters
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_UniCharIsAlpha 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_UniCharIsAlnum, Tcl_UniCharIsAlpha, Tcl_UniCharIsControl, Tcl_UniCharIsDigit, Tcl_UniCharIsGraph, Tcl_UniCharIsLower, Tcl_UniCharIsPrint, Tcl_UniCharIsPunct, Tcl_UniCharIsSpace, Tcl_UniCharIsUpper, Tcl_UniCharIsWordChar \- routines for classification of Tcl_UniChar characters
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf

Changes to doc/UpVar.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_UpVar 3 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_UpVar, Tcl_UpVar2 \- link one variable to another
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
variable so that references to \fIdestName\fR
refer to the other variable.  Must not currently exist except as
an upvar-ed variable.
.AP int flags in
One of \fBTCL_GLOBAL_ONLY\fR, \fBTCL_NAMESPACE_ONLY\fR or 0;  if non-zero,
then \fIdestName\fR is a global or namespace variable;  otherwise it is
local to the current procedure (or current namespace if no procedure is
active). 
.AP "const char" *name1 in
First part of source variable's name (scalar name, or name of array
without array index).
.AP "const char" *name2 in
If source variable is an element of an array, gives the index of the element.
For scalar source variables, is NULL.
.BE





|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_UpVar 3 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_UpVar, Tcl_UpVar2 \- link one variable to another
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
variable so that references to \fIdestName\fR
refer to the other variable.  Must not currently exist except as
an upvar-ed variable.
.AP int flags in
One of \fBTCL_GLOBAL_ONLY\fR, \fBTCL_NAMESPACE_ONLY\fR or 0;  if non-zero,
then \fIdestName\fR is a global or namespace variable;  otherwise it is
local to the current procedure (or current namespace if no procedure is
active).
.AP "const char" *name1 in
First part of source variable's name (scalar name, or name of array
without array index).
.AP "const char" *name2 in
If source variable is an element of an array, gives the index of the element.
For scalar source variables, is NULL.
.BE

Changes to doc/WrongNumArgs.3.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH Tcl_WrongNumArgs 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_WrongNumArgs \- generate standard error message for wrong number of arguments
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
.PP
.CS
wrong # args: should be "foo bar fileName count"
.CE
.PP
\fIObjc\fR is usually 1, but may be 2 or more for commands like
\fBstring\fR and the Tk widget commands, which use the first argument
as a subcommand.  
.PP
Some of the values in the \fIobjv\fR array may be abbreviations for
a subcommand.  The command
\fBTcl_GetIndexFromObj\fR will convert the abbreviated string value
into an \fIindexObject\fR.  If an error occurs in the parsing of the
subcommand we would like to use the full subcommand name rather than
the abbreviation.  If the \fBTcl_WrongNumArgs\fR command finds any




|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_WrongNumArgs 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_WrongNumArgs \- generate standard error message for wrong number of arguments
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
................................................................................
.PP
.CS
wrong # args: should be "foo bar fileName count"
.CE
.PP
\fIObjc\fR is usually 1, but may be 2 or more for commands like
\fBstring\fR and the Tk widget commands, which use the first argument
as a subcommand.
.PP
Some of the values in the \fIobjv\fR array may be abbreviations for
a subcommand.  The command
\fBTcl_GetIndexFromObj\fR will convert the abbreviated string value
into an \fIindexObject\fR.  If an error occurs in the parsing of the
subcommand we would like to use the full subcommand name rather than
the abbreviation.  If the \fBTcl_WrongNumArgs\fR command finds any

Changes to doc/after.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH after n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
after \- Execute a command after a time delay
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
for a Tcl command to be executed \fIms\fR milliseconds later as an
event handler.
The command will be executed exactly once, at the given time.
The delayed command is formed by concatenating all the \fIscript\fR
arguments in the same fashion as the \fBconcat\fR command.
The command will be executed at global level (outside the context
of any Tcl procedure).
If an error occurs while executing the delayed command then 
the background error will be reported by the command
registered with \fBinterp bgerror\fR.
The \fBafter\fR command returns an identifier that can be used
to cancel the delayed command using \fBafter cancel\fR.
.TP
\fBafter cancel \fIid\fR
.





|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH after n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
after \- Execute a command after a time delay
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
for a Tcl command to be executed \fIms\fR milliseconds later as an
event handler.
The command will be executed exactly once, at the given time.
The delayed command is formed by concatenating all the \fIscript\fR
arguments in the same fashion as the \fBconcat\fR command.
The command will be executed at global level (outside the context
of any Tcl procedure).
If an error occurs while executing the delayed command then
the background error will be reported by the command
registered with \fBinterp bgerror\fR.
The \fBafter\fR command returns an identifier that can be used
to cancel the delayed command using \fBafter cancel\fR.
.TP
\fBafter cancel \fIid\fR
.

Changes to doc/append.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH append n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
append \- Append to variable
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH append n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
append \- Append to variable
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/apply.n.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
..
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
apply \- Apply an anonymous function
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBapply \fIfunc\fR ?\fIarg1 arg2 ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The command \fBapply\fR applies the function \fIfunc\fR to the arguments
\fIarg1 arg2 ...\fR and returns the result. 
.PP
The function \fIfunc\fR is a two element list \fI{args body}\fR or a three
element list \fI{args body namespace}\fR (as if the
\fBlist\fR command had been used). 
The first element \fIargs\fR specifies the formal arguments to
\fIfunc\fR. The specification of the formal arguments \fIargs\fR
is shared with the \fBproc\fR command, and is described in detail in the
corresponding manual page.
.PP
The contents of \fIbody\fR are executed by the Tcl interpreter
after the local variables corresponding to the formal arguments are given
................................................................................
}}}
set vbl 123
set vbl abc
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
proc(n), uplevel(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
anonymous function, argument, lambda, procedure, 
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:






|



|







 







|



10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
..
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
apply \- Apply an anonymous function
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBapply \fIfunc\fR ?\fIarg1 arg2 ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The command \fBapply\fR applies the function \fIfunc\fR to the arguments
\fIarg1 arg2 ...\fR and returns the result.
.PP
The function \fIfunc\fR is a two element list \fI{args body}\fR or a three
element list \fI{args body namespace}\fR (as if the
\fBlist\fR command had been used).
The first element \fIargs\fR specifies the formal arguments to
\fIfunc\fR. The specification of the formal arguments \fIargs\fR
is shared with the \fBproc\fR command, and is described in detail in the
corresponding manual page.
.PP
The contents of \fIbody\fR are executed by the Tcl interpreter
after the local variables corresponding to the formal arguments are given
................................................................................
}}}
set vbl 123
set vbl abc
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
proc(n), uplevel(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
anonymous function, argument, lambda, procedure,
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/array.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH array n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
array \- Manipulate array variables
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH array n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
array \- Manipulate array variables
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/bgerror.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH bgerror n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bgerror \- Command invoked to process background errors
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH bgerror n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
bgerror \- Command invoked to process background errors
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/binary.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
...
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
...
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
...
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
...
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
...
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2008 by Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH binary n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
binary \- Insert and extract fields from binary strings
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
low-order 16-bits of each integer are stored as a two-byte value at
the cursor position with the least significant byte stored first.  For
example,
.RS
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR s3 {3 -3 258 1}
.CE
will return a string equivalent to 
\fB\ex03\ex00\exfd\exff\ex02\ex01\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBS\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBs\fR except that it stores one or more
16-bit integers in big-endian byte order in the output string.  For
example,
.RS
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR S3 {3 -3 258 1}
.CE
will return a string equivalent to 
\fB\ex00\ex03\exff\exfd\ex01\ex02\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBt\fR 5
This form (mnemonically \fItiny\fR) is the same as \fBs\fR and \fBS\fR
except that it stores the 16-bit integers in the output string in the
native byte order of the machine where the Tcl script is running.
To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
................................................................................
low-order 32-bits of each integer are stored as a four-byte value at
the cursor position with the least significant byte stored first.  For
example,
.RS
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR i3 {3 -3 65536 1}
.CE
will return a string equivalent to 
\fB\ex03\ex00\ex00\ex00\exfd\exff\exff\exff\ex00\ex00\ex01\ex00\fR
.RE
.IP \fBI\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBi\fR except that it stores one or more one
or more 32-bit integers in big-endian byte order in the output string.
For example,
.RS
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR I3 {3 -3 65536 1}
.CE
will return a string equivalent to 
\fB\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex03\exff\exff\exff\exfd\ex00\ex01\ex00\ex00\fR
.RE
.IP \fBn\fR 5
This form (mnemonically \fInumber\fR or \fInormal\fR) is the same as
\fBi\fR and \fBI\fR except that it stores the 32-bit integers in the
output string in the native byte order of the machine where the Tcl
script is running.
................................................................................
double-precision floating point numbers internally, there may be some
loss of precision in the conversion to single-precision.  For example,
on a Windows system running on an Intel Pentium processor,
.RS
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR f2 {1.6 3.4}
.CE
will return a string equivalent to 
\fB\excd\excc\excc\ex3f\ex9a\ex99\ex59\ex40\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBr\fR 5
This form (mnemonically \fIreal\fR) is the same as \fBf\fR except that
it stores the single-precision floating point numbers in little-endian
order.  This conversion only produces meaningful output when used on
machines which use the IEEE floating point representation (very
................................................................................
or more double-precision floating point numbers in the machine's native
representation in the output string.  For example, on a
Windows system running on an Intel Pentium processor,
.RS
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR d1 {1.6}
.CE
will return a string equivalent to 
\fB\ex9a\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\exf9\ex3f\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBq\fR 5
This form (mnemonically the mirror of \fBd\fR) is the same as \fBd\fR
except that it stores the double-precision floating point numbers in
little-endian order.  This conversion only produces meaningful output
when used on machines which use the IEEE floating point representation
................................................................................
as \fIcount\fR 16-bit signed integers represented in big-endian byte
order.  For example,
.RS
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex00\ex05\ex00\ex07\exff\exf0 S2S* var1 var2
.CE
will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR. 
.RE
.IP \fBt\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 16-bit signed integers
represented in the native byte order of the machine running the Tcl
script.  It is otherwise identical to \fBs\fR and \fBS\fR.
To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
the \fBbyteOrder\fR element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.





|







 







|










|







 







|










|







 







|







 







|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
...
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
...
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
...
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
...
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
...
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2008 by Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH binary n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
binary \- Insert and extract fields from binary strings
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
low-order 16-bits of each integer are stored as a two-byte value at
the cursor position with the least significant byte stored first.  For
example,
.RS
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR s3 {3 -3 258 1}
.CE
will return a string equivalent to
\fB\ex03\ex00\exfd\exff\ex02\ex01\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBS\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBs\fR except that it stores one or more
16-bit integers in big-endian byte order in the output string.  For
example,
.RS
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR S3 {3 -3 258 1}
.CE
will return a string equivalent to
\fB\ex00\ex03\exff\exfd\ex01\ex02\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBt\fR 5
This form (mnemonically \fItiny\fR) is the same as \fBs\fR and \fBS\fR
except that it stores the 16-bit integers in the output string in the
native byte order of the machine where the Tcl script is running.
To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
................................................................................
low-order 32-bits of each integer are stored as a four-byte value at
the cursor position with the least significant byte stored first.  For
example,
.RS
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR i3 {3 -3 65536 1}
.CE
will return a string equivalent to
\fB\ex03\ex00\ex00\ex00\exfd\exff\exff\exff\ex00\ex00\ex01\ex00\fR
.RE
.IP \fBI\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBi\fR except that it stores one or more one
or more 32-bit integers in big-endian byte order in the output string.
For example,
.RS
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR I3 {3 -3 65536 1}
.CE
will return a string equivalent to
\fB\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex03\exff\exff\exff\exfd\ex00\ex01\ex00\ex00\fR
.RE
.IP \fBn\fR 5
This form (mnemonically \fInumber\fR or \fInormal\fR) is the same as
\fBi\fR and \fBI\fR except that it stores the 32-bit integers in the
output string in the native byte order of the machine where the Tcl
script is running.
................................................................................
double-precision floating point numbers internally, there may be some
loss of precision in the conversion to single-precision.  For example,
on a Windows system running on an Intel Pentium processor,
.RS
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR f2 {1.6 3.4}
.CE
will return a string equivalent to
\fB\excd\excc\excc\ex3f\ex9a\ex99\ex59\ex40\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBr\fR 5
This form (mnemonically \fIreal\fR) is the same as \fBf\fR except that
it stores the single-precision floating point numbers in little-endian
order.  This conversion only produces meaningful output when used on
machines which use the IEEE floating point representation (very
................................................................................
or more double-precision floating point numbers in the machine's native
representation in the output string.  For example, on a
Windows system running on an Intel Pentium processor,
.RS
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR d1 {1.6}
.CE
will return a string equivalent to
\fB\ex9a\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\exf9\ex3f\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBq\fR 5
This form (mnemonically the mirror of \fBd\fR) is the same as \fBd\fR
except that it stores the double-precision floating point numbers in
little-endian order.  This conversion only produces meaningful output
when used on machines which use the IEEE floating point representation
................................................................................
as \fIcount\fR 16-bit signed integers represented in big-endian byte
order.  For example,
.RS
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex00\ex05\ex00\ex07\exff\exf0 S2S* var1 var2
.CE
will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBt\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 16-bit signed integers
represented in the native byte order of the machine running the Tcl
script.  It is otherwise identical to \fBs\fR and \fBS\fR.
To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
the \fBbyteOrder\fR element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.

Changes to doc/catch.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
...
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2003.  (not subject to US copyright)
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH catch n "8.5" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
catch \- Evaluate script and trap exceptional returns
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
set to the result of the script evaluation.  When the return code from the
script is 1 (\fBTCL_ERROR\fR), the value stored in \fIresultVarName\fR is an
error message.  When the return code from the script is 0 (\fBTCL_OK\fR), the
value stored in \fIresultVarName\fR is the value returned from \fIscript\fR.
.PP
If the \fIoptionsVarName\fR argument is given, then the variable it
names is set to a dictionary of return options returned by evaluation
of \fIscript\fR.  Tcl specifies two entries that are always 
defined in the dictionary: \fB\-code\fR and \fB\-level\fR.  When
the return code from evaluation of \fIscript\fR is not \fBTCL_RETURN\fR,
the value of the \fB\-level\fR entry will be 0, and the value
of the \fB\-code\fR entry will be the same as the return code.
Only when the return code is \fBTCL_RETURN\fR will the values of
the \fB\-level\fR and \fB\-code\fR entries be something else, as
further described in the documentation for the \fBreturn\fR command.
................................................................................
    puts stderr "Could not open $someFile for writing\en$fid"
    exit 1
}
.CE
.PP
There are more complex examples of \fBcatch\fR usage in the
documentation for the \fBreturn\fR command.
.SH "SEE ALSO" 
break(n), continue(n), dict(n), error(n), errorCode(n), errorInfo(n), info(n),
return(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
catch, error, exception
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:






|







 







|







 







|








1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
...
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2003.  (not subject to US copyright)
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH catch n "8.5" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
catch \- Evaluate script and trap exceptional returns
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
set to the result of the script evaluation.  When the return code from the
script is 1 (\fBTCL_ERROR\fR), the value stored in \fIresultVarName\fR is an
error message.  When the return code from the script is 0 (\fBTCL_OK\fR), the
value stored in \fIresultVarName\fR is the value returned from \fIscript\fR.
.PP
If the \fIoptionsVarName\fR argument is given, then the variable it
names is set to a dictionary of return options returned by evaluation
of \fIscript\fR.  Tcl specifies two entries that are always
defined in the dictionary: \fB\-code\fR and \fB\-level\fR.  When
the return code from evaluation of \fIscript\fR is not \fBTCL_RETURN\fR,
the value of the \fB\-level\fR entry will be 0, and the value
of the \fB\-code\fR entry will be the same as the return code.
Only when the return code is \fBTCL_RETURN\fR will the values of
the \fB\-level\fR and \fB\-code\fR entries be something else, as
further described in the documentation for the \fBreturn\fR command.
................................................................................
    puts stderr "Could not open $someFile for writing\en$fid"
    exit 1
}
.CE
.PP
There are more complex examples of \fBcatch\fR usage in the
documentation for the \fBreturn\fR command.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
break(n), continue(n), dict(n), error(n), errorCode(n), errorInfo(n), info(n),
return(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
catch, error, exception
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/chan.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
...
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
...
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
...
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
...
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
'\" 
'\" Copyright (c) 2005-2006 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
.TH chan n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
................................................................................
for writing.
The acceptable range for \fB\-eofchar\fR values is \ex01 - \ex7f;
attempting to set \fB\-eofchar\fR to a value outside of this range will
generate an error.
.TP
\fB\-translation\fR \fImode\fR
.TP
\fB\-translation\fR \fB{\fIinMode outMode\fB}\fR 
.
In Tcl scripts the end of a line is always represented using a single
newline character (\en).  However, in actual files and devices the end
of a line may be represented differently on different platforms, or
even for different devices on the same platform.  For example, under
UNIX newlines are used in files, whereas carriage-return-linefeed
sequences are normally used in network connections.  On input (i.e.,
................................................................................
are translated to a newline.  As the output translation mode,
\fBauto\fR chooses a platform specific representation; for sockets on
all platforms Tcl chooses \fBcrlf\fR, for all Unix flavors, it chooses
\fBlf\fR, and for the various flavors of Windows it chooses
\fBcrlf\fR.  The default setting for \fB\-translation\fR is \fBauto\fR
for both input and output.
.TP
\fBbinary\fR 
.
No end-of-line translations are performed.  This is nearly identical
to \fBlf\fR mode, except that in addition \fBbinary\fR mode also sets
the end-of-file character to the empty string (which disables it) and
sets the encoding to \fBbinary\fR (which disables encoding filtering).
See the description of \fB\-eofchar\fR and \fB\-encoding\fR for more
information.
................................................................................
only those channel names that match it (according to the rules of
\fBstring match\fR) will be returned.
.TP
\fBchan pending \fImode channelId\fR
.
Depending on whether \fImode\fR is \fBinput\fR or \fBoutput\fR,
returns the number of
bytes of input or output (respectively) currently buffered 
internally for \fIchannelId\fR (especially useful in a readable event 
callback to impose application-specific limits on input line lengths to avoid
a potential denial-of-service attack where a hostile user crafts
an extremely long line that exceeds the available memory to buffer it).
Returns -1 if the channel was not opened for the mode in question.
.TP
\fBchan pipe\fR
.VS 8.6
................................................................................
Creates a standalone pipe whose read- and write-side channels are
returned as a 2-element list, the first element being the read side and
the second the write side. Can be useful e.g. to redirect
separately \fBstderr\fR and \fBstdout\fR from a subprocess. To do
this, spawn with "2>@" or
">@" redirection operators onto the write side of a pipe, and then
immediately close it in the parent. This is necessary to get an EOF on
the read side once the child has exited or otherwise closed its output. 
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBchan pop \fIchannelId\fR
.VS 8.6
Removes the topmost transformation from the channel \fIchannelId\fR, if there
is any. If there are no transformations added to \fIchannelId\fR, this is
equivalent to \fBchan close\fR of that channel. The result is normally the
|







 







|







 







|







 







|
|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
...
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
...
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
...
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
...
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2005-2006 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
.TH chan n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
................................................................................
for writing.
The acceptable range for \fB\-eofchar\fR values is \ex01 - \ex7f;
attempting to set \fB\-eofchar\fR to a value outside of this range will
generate an error.
.TP
\fB\-translation\fR \fImode\fR
.TP
\fB\-translation\fR \fB{\fIinMode outMode\fB}\fR
.
In Tcl scripts the end of a line is always represented using a single
newline character (\en).  However, in actual files and devices the end
of a line may be represented differently on different platforms, or
even for different devices on the same platform.  For example, under
UNIX newlines are used in files, whereas carriage-return-linefeed
sequences are normally used in network connections.  On input (i.e.,
................................................................................
are translated to a newline.  As the output translation mode,
\fBauto\fR chooses a platform specific representation; for sockets on
all platforms Tcl chooses \fBcrlf\fR, for all Unix flavors, it chooses
\fBlf\fR, and for the various flavors of Windows it chooses
\fBcrlf\fR.  The default setting for \fB\-translation\fR is \fBauto\fR
for both input and output.
.TP
\fBbinary\fR
.
No end-of-line translations are performed.  This is nearly identical
to \fBlf\fR mode, except that in addition \fBbinary\fR mode also sets
the end-of-file character to the empty string (which disables it) and
sets the encoding to \fBbinary\fR (which disables encoding filtering).
See the description of \fB\-eofchar\fR and \fB\-encoding\fR for more
information.
................................................................................
only those channel names that match it (according to the rules of
\fBstring match\fR) will be returned.
.TP
\fBchan pending \fImode channelId\fR
.
Depending on whether \fImode\fR is \fBinput\fR or \fBoutput\fR,
returns the number of
bytes of input or output (respectively) currently buffered
internally for \fIchannelId\fR (especially useful in a readable event
callback to impose application-specific limits on input line lengths to avoid
a potential denial-of-service attack where a hostile user crafts
an extremely long line that exceeds the available memory to buffer it).
Returns -1 if the channel was not opened for the mode in question.
.TP
\fBchan pipe\fR
.VS 8.6
................................................................................
Creates a standalone pipe whose read- and write-side channels are
returned as a 2-element list, the first element being the read side and
the second the write side. Can be useful e.g. to redirect
separately \fBstderr\fR and \fBstdout\fR from a subprocess. To do
this, spawn with "2>@" or
">@" redirection operators onto the write side of a pipe, and then
immediately close it in the parent. This is necessary to get an EOF on
the read side once the child has exited or otherwise closed its output.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBchan pop \fIchannelId\fR
.VS 8.6
Removes the topmost transformation from the channel \fIchannelId\fR, if there
is any. If there are no transformations added to \fIchannelId\fR, this is
equivalent to \fBchan close\fR of that channel. The result is normally the

Changes to doc/dde.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
..
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 ActiveState Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH dde n 1.4 dde "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
dde \- Execute a Dynamic Data Exchange command
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
script is run in the application.  The \fB\-async\fR option requests
asynchronous invocation.  The command returns an error message if the
script did not run, unless the \fB\-async\fR flag was used, in which case
the command returns immediately with no error.
.VS 8.6
Without the \fB\-binary\fR option all data will be sent in unicode. For
dde clients which don't implement the CF_UNICODE clipboard format, this
will automatically be translated to the system encoding. You can use 
the \fB\-binary\fR option in combination with the result of
\fBencoding convertto\fR to send data in any other encoding.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBdde poke\fR ?\fB\-binary\fR? \fIservice topic item data\fR
.
\fBdde poke\fR passes the \fIdata\fR to the server indicated by
................................................................................
specific but can be a command to the server or the name of a file to work
on.  The \fIitem\fR is also application specific and is often not used, but
it must always be non-null.  The \fIdata\fR field is given to the remote
application.
.VS 8.6
Without the \fB\-binary\fR option all data will be sent in unicode. For
dde clients which don't implement the CF_UNICODE clipboard format, this
will automatically be translated to the system encoding. You can use 
the \fB\-binary\fR option in combination with the result of
\fBencoding convertto\fR to send data in any other encoding.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBdde request\fR ?\fB\-binary\fR? \fIservice topic item\fR
.
\fBdde request\fR is typically used to get the value of something; the





|







 







|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
..
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 ActiveState Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH dde n 1.4 dde "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
dde \- Execute a Dynamic Data Exchange command
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
script is run in the application.  The \fB\-async\fR option requests
asynchronous invocation.  The command returns an error message if the
script did not run, unless the \fB\-async\fR flag was used, in which case
the command returns immediately with no error.
.VS 8.6
Without the \fB\-binary\fR option all data will be sent in unicode. For
dde clients which don't implement the CF_UNICODE clipboard format, this
will automatically be translated to the system encoding. You can use
the \fB\-binary\fR option in combination with the result of
\fBencoding convertto\fR to send data in any other encoding.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBdde poke\fR ?\fB\-binary\fR? \fIservice topic item data\fR
.
\fBdde poke\fR passes the \fIdata\fR to the server indicated by
................................................................................
specific but can be a command to the server or the name of a file to work
on.  The \fIitem\fR is also application specific and is often not used, but
it must always be non-null.  The \fIdata\fR field is given to the remote
application.
.VS 8.6
Without the \fB\-binary\fR option all data will be sent in unicode. For
dde clients which don't implement the CF_UNICODE clipboard format, this
will automatically be translated to the system encoding. You can use
the \fB\-binary\fR option in combination with the result of
\fBencoding convertto\fR to send data in any other encoding.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBdde request\fR ?\fB\-binary\fR? \fIservice topic item\fR
.
\fBdde request\fR is typically used to get the value of something; the

Changes to doc/encoding.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" 
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH encoding n "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
encoding \- Manipulate encodings
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBencoding \fIoption\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
................................................................................
list. If, when a search for an encoding data file is happening, an
element in \fIdirectoryList\fR does not refer to a readable,
searchable directory, that element is ignored.
.TP
\fBencoding names\fR
.
Returns a list containing the names of all of the encodings that are
currently available. 
The encodings
.QW utf-8
and
.QW iso8859-1
are guaranteed to be present in the list.
.TP
\fBencoding system\fR ?\fIencoding\fR?

|


|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH encoding n "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
encoding \- Manipulate encodings
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBencoding \fIoption\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
................................................................................
list. If, when a search for an encoding data file is happening, an
element in \fIdirectoryList\fR does not refer to a readable,
searchable directory, that element is ignored.
.TP
\fBencoding names\fR
.
Returns a list containing the names of all of the encodings that are
currently available.
The encodings
.QW utf-8
and
.QW iso8859-1
are guaranteed to be present in the list.
.TP
\fBencoding system\fR ?\fIencoding\fR?

Changes to doc/error.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH error n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
error \- Generate an error
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
The \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option of an interpreter is used
to accumulate a stack trace of what was in progress when an
error occurred; as nested commands unwind,
the Tcl interpreter adds information to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR
return option.  If the \fIinfo\fR argument is present, it is
used to initialize the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return options and
the first increment of unwind information
will not be added by the Tcl interpreter.  
In other
words, the command containing the \fBerror\fR command will not appear
in the stack trace; in its place will be \fIinfo\fR.
Historically, this feature had been most useful in conjunction
with the \fBcatch\fR command:
if a caught error cannot be handled successfully, \fIinfo\fR can be used
to return a stack trace reflecting the original point of occurrence





|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH error n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
error \- Generate an error
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
The \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option of an interpreter is used
to accumulate a stack trace of what was in progress when an
error occurred; as nested commands unwind,
the Tcl interpreter adds information to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR
return option.  If the \fIinfo\fR argument is present, it is
used to initialize the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return options and
the first increment of unwind information
will not be added by the Tcl interpreter.
In other
words, the command containing the \fBerror\fR command will not appear
in the stack trace; in its place will be \fIinfo\fR.
Historically, this feature had been most useful in conjunction
with the \fBcatch\fR command:
if a caught error cannot be handled successfully, \fIinfo\fR can be used
to return a stack trace reflecting the original point of occurrence

Changes to doc/exec.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
...
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2006 Donal K. Fellows.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH exec n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
exec \- Invoke subprocesses
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
information is instead sent to the console, if one is present, or is
discarded.
.RS
.PP
The Tk console text widget does not provide real standard IO capabilities.
Under Tk, when redirecting from standard input, all applications will see an
immediate end-of-file; information redirected to standard output or standard
error will be discarded.  
.PP
Either forward or backward slashes are accepted as path separators for
arguments to Tcl commands.  When executing an application, the path name
specified for the application may also contain forward or backward slashes
as path separators.  Bear in mind, however, that most Windows applications
accept arguments with forward slashes only as option delimiters and
backslashes only in paths.  Any arguments to an application that specify a
path name with forward slashes will not automatically be converted to use
the backslash character.  If an argument contains forward slashes as the
path separator, it may or may not be recognized as a path name, depending on
the program.  
.PP
Additionally, when calling a 16-bit DOS or Windows 3.X application, all path
names must use the short, cryptic, path format (e.g., using
.QW applba~1.def
instead of
.QW applbakery.default ),
which can be obtained with the






|







 







|










|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
...
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2006 Donal K. Fellows.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH exec n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
exec \- Invoke subprocesses
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
information is instead sent to the console, if one is present, or is
discarded.
.RS
.PP
The Tk console text widget does not provide real standard IO capabilities.
Under Tk, when redirecting from standard input, all applications will see an
immediate end-of-file; information redirected to standard output or standard
error will be discarded.
.PP
Either forward or backward slashes are accepted as path separators for
arguments to Tcl commands.  When executing an application, the path name
specified for the application may also contain forward or backward slashes
as path separators.  Bear in mind, however, that most Windows applications
accept arguments with forward slashes only as option delimiters and
backslashes only in paths.  Any arguments to an application that specify a
path name with forward slashes will not automatically be converted to use
the backslash character.  If an argument contains forward slashes as the
path separator, it may or may not be recognized as a path name, depending on
the program.
.PP
Additionally, when calling a 16-bit DOS or Windows 3.X application, all path
names must use the short, cryptic, path format (e.g., using
.QW applba~1.def
instead of
.QW applbakery.default ),
which can be obtained with the

Changes to doc/expr.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
...
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-2000 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2005 by Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>. All rights reserved
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH expr n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
expr \- Evaluate an expression
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
the variable \fBb\fR,
then the \fBexpr\fR command will evaluate the expression \fB$a + 2*4\fR.
.PP
Most expressions do not require a second round of substitutions.
Either they are enclosed in braces or, if not,
their variable and command substitutions yield numbers or strings
that do not themselves require substitutions.
However, because a few unbraced expressions 
need two rounds of substitutions,
the bytecode compiler must emit
additional instructions to handle this situation.
The most expensive code is required for
unbraced expressions that contain command substitutions.
These expressions must be implemented by generating new code
each time the expression is executed.






|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
...
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-2000 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2005 by Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>. All rights reserved
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH expr n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
expr \- Evaluate an expression
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
the variable \fBb\fR,
then the \fBexpr\fR command will evaluate the expression \fB$a + 2*4\fR.
.PP
Most expressions do not require a second round of substitutions.
Either they are enclosed in braces or, if not,
their variable and command substitutions yield numbers or strings
that do not themselves require substitutions.
However, because a few unbraced expressions
need two rounds of substitutions,
the bytecode compiler must emit
additional instructions to handle this situation.
The most expensive code is required for
unbraced expressions that contain command substitutions.
These expressions must be implemented by generating new code
each time the expression is executed.

Changes to doc/fconfigure.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
...
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
...
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
'\" 
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH fconfigure n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
................................................................................
reading and the empty string for writing.
The acceptable range for \fB\-eofchar\fR values is \ex01 - \ex7f;
attempting to set \fB\-eofchar\fR to a value outside of this range will
generate an error.
.TP
\fB\-translation\fR \fImode\fR
.TP
\fB\-translation\fR \fB{\fIinMode outMode\fB}\fR 
.
In Tcl scripts the end of a line is always represented using a single
newline character (\en).  However, in actual files and devices the end of
a line may be represented differently on different platforms, or even for
different devices on the same platform.  For example, under UNIX newlines
are used in files, whereas carriage-return-linefeed sequences are
normally used in network connections.  On input (i.e., with \fBgets\fR
................................................................................
representation can even change from line-to-line, and all cases are
translated to a newline.  As the output translation mode, \fBauto\fR
chooses a platform specific representation; for sockets on all platforms
Tcl chooses \fBcrlf\fR, for all Unix flavors, it chooses \fBlf\fR, and
for the various flavors of Windows it chooses \fBcrlf\fR.  The default
setting for \fB\-translation\fR is \fBauto\fR for both input and output.
.TP
\fBbinary\fR 
.
No end-of-line translations are performed.  This is nearly identical to
\fBlf\fR mode, except that in addition \fBbinary\fR mode also sets the
end-of-file character to the empty string (which disables it) and sets the
encoding to \fBbinary\fR (which disables encoding filtering).  See the
description of \fB\-eofchar\fR and \fB\-encoding\fR for more information.
.RS
|







 







|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
...
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
...
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH fconfigure n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
................................................................................
reading and the empty string for writing.
The acceptable range for \fB\-eofchar\fR values is \ex01 - \ex7f;
attempting to set \fB\-eofchar\fR to a value outside of this range will
generate an error.
.TP
\fB\-translation\fR \fImode\fR
.TP
\fB\-translation\fR \fB{\fIinMode outMode\fB}\fR
.
In Tcl scripts the end of a line is always represented using a single
newline character (\en).  However, in actual files and devices the end of
a line may be represented differently on different platforms, or even for
different devices on the same platform.  For example, under UNIX newlines
are used in files, whereas carriage-return-linefeed sequences are
normally used in network connections.  On input (i.e., with \fBgets\fR
................................................................................
representation can even change from line-to-line, and all cases are
translated to a newline.  As the output translation mode, \fBauto\fR
chooses a platform specific representation; for sockets on all platforms
Tcl chooses \fBcrlf\fR, for all Unix flavors, it chooses \fBlf\fR, and
for the various flavors of Windows it chooses \fBcrlf\fR.  The default
setting for \fB\-translation\fR is \fBauto\fR for both input and output.
.TP
\fBbinary\fR
.
No end-of-line translations are performed.  This is nearly identical to
\fBlf\fR mode, except that in addition \fBbinary\fR mode also sets the
end-of-file character to the empty string (which disables it) and sets the
encoding to \fBbinary\fR (which disables encoding filtering).  See the
description of \fB\-eofchar\fR and \fB\-encoding\fR for more information.
.RS

Changes to doc/fcopy.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
...
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH fcopy n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
fcopy \- Copy data from one channel to another
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
.PP
The \fBfcopy\fR command copies data from one I/O channel, \fIinchan\fR to another I/O channel, \fIoutchan\fR.
The \fBfcopy\fR command leverages the buffering in the Tcl I/O system to
avoid extra copies and to avoid buffering too much data in
main memory when copying large files to slow destinations like
network sockets.
.PP
The \fBfcopy\fR 
command transfers data from \fIinchan\fR until end of file
or \fIsize\fR bytes have been 
transferred. If no \fB\-size\fR argument is given,
then the copy goes until end of file.
All the data read from \fIinchan\fR is copied to \fIoutchan\fR.
Without the \fB\-command\fR option, \fBfcopy\fR blocks until the copy is complete
and returns the number of bytes written to \fIoutchan\fR.
.PP
The \fB\-command\fR argument makes \fBfcopy\fR work in the background.
In this case it returns immediately and the \fIcallback\fR is invoked
later when the copy completes.
The \fIcallback\fR is called with
one or two additional 
arguments that indicates how many bytes were written to \fIoutchan\fR.
If an error occurred during the background copy, the second argument is the
error string associated with the error.
With a background copy,
it is not necessary to put \fIinchan\fR or \fIoutchan\fR into
non-blocking mode; the \fBfcopy\fR command takes care of that automatically.
However, it is necessary to enter the event loop by using
................................................................................
fconfigure $out -translation binary
\fBfcopy\fR $in $out
.CE
.PP
This second example shows how the callback gets
passed the number of bytes transferred.
It also uses vwait to put the application into the event loop.
Of course, this simplified example could be done without the command 
callback.
.PP
.CS
proc Cleanup {in out bytes {error {}}} {
    global total
    set total $bytes
    close $in





|







 







|

|










|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
...
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH fcopy n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
fcopy \- Copy data from one channel to another
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
.PP
The \fBfcopy\fR command copies data from one I/O channel, \fIinchan\fR to another I/O channel, \fIoutchan\fR.
The \fBfcopy\fR command leverages the buffering in the Tcl I/O system to
avoid extra copies and to avoid buffering too much data in
main memory when copying large files to slow destinations like
network sockets.
.PP
The \fBfcopy\fR
command transfers data from \fIinchan\fR until end of file
or \fIsize\fR bytes have been
transferred. If no \fB\-size\fR argument is given,
then the copy goes until end of file.
All the data read from \fIinchan\fR is copied to \fIoutchan\fR.
Without the \fB\-command\fR option, \fBfcopy\fR blocks until the copy is complete
and returns the number of bytes written to \fIoutchan\fR.
.PP
The \fB\-command\fR argument makes \fBfcopy\fR work in the background.
In this case it returns immediately and the \fIcallback\fR is invoked
later when the copy completes.
The \fIcallback\fR is called with
one or two additional
arguments that indicates how many bytes were written to \fIoutchan\fR.
If an error occurred during the background copy, the second argument is the
error string associated with the error.
With a background copy,
it is not necessary to put \fIinchan\fR or \fIoutchan\fR into
non-blocking mode; the \fBfcopy\fR command takes care of that automatically.
However, it is necessary to enter the event loop by using
................................................................................
fconfigure $out -translation binary
\fBfcopy\fR $in $out
.CE
.PP
This second example shows how the callback gets
passed the number of bytes transferred.
It also uses vwait to put the application into the event loop.
Of course, this simplified example could be done without the command
callback.
.PP
.CS
proc Cleanup {in out bytes {error {}}} {
    global total
    set total $bytes
    close $in

Changes to doc/file.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
...
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
...
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
...
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
...
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
...
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
...
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
...
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
...
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH file n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
file \- Manipulate file names and attributes
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
returned.  For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBfile dirname\fR c:/
.CE
.PP
returns \fBc:/\fR. 
.PP
Note that tilde substitution will only be
performed if it is necessary to complete the command. For example,
.PP
.CS
\fBfile dirname\fR ~/src/foo.c
.CE
................................................................................
.PP
returns \fB/home\fR (or something similar).
.RE
.TP
\fBfile executable \fIname\fR
.
Returns \fB1\fR if file \fIname\fR is executable by the current user,
\fB0\fR otherwise.  
.TP
\fBfile exists \fIname\fR
.
Returns \fB1\fR if file \fIname\fR exists and the current user has
search privileges for the directories leading to it, \fB0\fR otherwise.
.TP
\fBfile extension \fIname\fR
................................................................................
means we want the long form with that form's case-dependence (which
gives us a unique, case-dependent path).  The one exception concerning the
last link in the path is necessary, because Tcl or the user may wish to
operate on the actual symbolic link itself (for example \fBfile delete\fR,
\fBfile rename\fR, \fBfile copy\fR are defined to operate on symbolic
links, not on the things that they point to).
.TP
\fBfile owned \fIname\fR 
.
Returns \fB1\fR if file \fIname\fR is owned by the current user, \fB0\fR
otherwise.
.TP
\fBfile pathtype \fIname\fR
.
Returns one of \fBabsolute\fR, \fBrelative\fR, \fBvolumerelative\fR. If
................................................................................
refers to a file relative to the current working directory on a specified
volume, or to a specific file on the current working volume, then the path
type is \fBvolumerelative\fR.
.TP
\fBfile readable \fIname\fR
.
Returns \fB1\fR if file \fIname\fR is readable by the current user,
\fB0\fR otherwise. 
.TP
\fBfile readlink \fIname\fR
.
Returns the value of the symbolic link given by \fIname\fR (i.e. the name
of the file it points to).  If \fIname\fR is not a symbolic link or its
value cannot be read, then an error is returned.  On systems that do not
support symbolic links this option is undefined.
................................................................................
last
.QW .
character in the last component of name.  If the last
component of \fIname\fR does not contain a dot, then returns \fIname\fR.
.TP
\fBfile separator\fR ?\fIname\fR?
.
If no argument is given, returns the character which is used to separate 
path segments for native files on this platform.  If a path is given,
the filesystem responsible for that path is asked to return its
separator character.  If no file system accepts \fIname\fR, an error
is generated.
.TP
\fBfile size \fIname\fR
.
................................................................................
.QW vfs .
If the file does not belong to any filesystem, an error is generated.
.TP
\fBfile tail \fIname\fR
.
Returns all of the characters in the last filesystem component of
\fIname\fR.  Any trailing directory separator in \fIname\fR is ignored.
If \fIname\fR contains no separators then returns \fIname\fR.  So, 
\fBfile tail a/b\fR, \fBfile tail a/b/\fR and \fBfile tail b\fR all
return \fBb\fR.
.TP
\fBfile tempfile\fR ?\fInameVar\fR? ?\fItemplate\fR?
'\" TIP #210
.VS 8.6
Creates a temporary file and returns a read-write channel opened on that file.
................................................................................
\fBfile type \fIname\fR
.
Returns a string giving the type of file \fIname\fR, which will be one of
\fBfile\fR, \fBdirectory\fR, \fBcharacterSpecial\fR, \fBblockSpecial\fR,
\fBfifo\fR, \fBlink\fR, or \fBsocket\fR.
.TP
\fBfile volumes\fR
. 
Returns the absolute paths to the volumes mounted on the system, as a
proper Tcl list.  Without any virtual filesystems mounted as root
volumes, on UNIX, the command will always return
.QW / ,
since all filesystems are locally mounted.
On Windows, it will return a list of the available local drives
(e.g.
................................................................................
Returns \fB1\fR if file \fIname\fR is writable by the current user,
\fB0\fR otherwise.
.SH "PORTABILITY ISSUES"
.TP
\fBUnix\fR\0\0\0\0\0\0\0
.
These commands always operate using the real user and group identifiers,
not the effective ones. 
.TP
\fBWindows\fR\0\0\0\0
.
The \fBfile owned\fR subcommand currently always reports that the current user
is the owner of the file, without regard for what the operating system
believes to be true, making an ownership test useless. This issue (#3613671)
may be fixed in a future release of Tcl.





|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
...
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
...
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
...
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
...
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
...
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
...
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
...
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
...
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH file n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
file \- Manipulate file names and attributes
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
returned.  For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBfile dirname\fR c:/
.CE
.PP
returns \fBc:/\fR.
.PP
Note that tilde substitution will only be
performed if it is necessary to complete the command. For example,
.PP
.CS
\fBfile dirname\fR ~/src/foo.c
.CE
................................................................................
.PP
returns \fB/home\fR (or something similar).
.RE
.TP
\fBfile executable \fIname\fR
.
Returns \fB1\fR if file \fIname\fR is executable by the current user,
\fB0\fR otherwise.
.TP
\fBfile exists \fIname\fR
.
Returns \fB1\fR if file \fIname\fR exists and the current user has
search privileges for the directories leading to it, \fB0\fR otherwise.
.TP
\fBfile extension \fIname\fR
................................................................................
means we want the long form with that form's case-dependence (which
gives us a unique, case-dependent path).  The one exception concerning the
last link in the path is necessary, because Tcl or the user may wish to
operate on the actual symbolic link itself (for example \fBfile delete\fR,
\fBfile rename\fR, \fBfile copy\fR are defined to operate on symbolic
links, not on the things that they point to).
.TP
\fBfile owned \fIname\fR
.
Returns \fB1\fR if file \fIname\fR is owned by the current user, \fB0\fR
otherwise.
.TP
\fBfile pathtype \fIname\fR
.
Returns one of \fBabsolute\fR, \fBrelative\fR, \fBvolumerelative\fR. If
................................................................................
refers to a file relative to the current working directory on a specified
volume, or to a specific file on the current working volume, then the path
type is \fBvolumerelative\fR.
.TP
\fBfile readable \fIname\fR
.
Returns \fB1\fR if file \fIname\fR is readable by the current user,
\fB0\fR otherwise.
.TP
\fBfile readlink \fIname\fR
.
Returns the value of the symbolic link given by \fIname\fR (i.e. the name
of the file it points to).  If \fIname\fR is not a symbolic link or its
value cannot be read, then an error is returned.  On systems that do not
support symbolic links this option is undefined.
................................................................................
last
.QW .
character in the last component of name.  If the last
component of \fIname\fR does not contain a dot, then returns \fIname\fR.
.TP
\fBfile separator\fR ?\fIname\fR?
.
If no argument is given, returns the character which is used to separate
path segments for native files on this platform.  If a path is given,
the filesystem responsible for that path is asked to return its
separator character.  If no file system accepts \fIname\fR, an error
is generated.
.TP
\fBfile size \fIname\fR
.
................................................................................
.QW vfs .
If the file does not belong to any filesystem, an error is generated.
.TP
\fBfile tail \fIname\fR
.
Returns all of the characters in the last filesystem component of
\fIname\fR.  Any trailing directory separator in \fIname\fR is ignored.
If \fIname\fR contains no separators then returns \fIname\fR.  So,
\fBfile tail a/b\fR, \fBfile tail a/b/\fR and \fBfile tail b\fR all
return \fBb\fR.
.TP
\fBfile tempfile\fR ?\fInameVar\fR? ?\fItemplate\fR?
'\" TIP #210
.VS 8.6
Creates a temporary file and returns a read-write channel opened on that file.
................................................................................
\fBfile type \fIname\fR
.
Returns a string giving the type of file \fIname\fR, which will be one of
\fBfile\fR, \fBdirectory\fR, \fBcharacterSpecial\fR, \fBblockSpecial\fR,
\fBfifo\fR, \fBlink\fR, or \fBsocket\fR.
.TP
\fBfile volumes\fR
.
Returns the absolute paths to the volumes mounted on the system, as a
proper Tcl list.  Without any virtual filesystems mounted as root
volumes, on UNIX, the command will always return
.QW / ,
since all filesystems are locally mounted.
On Windows, it will return a list of the available local drives
(e.g.
................................................................................
Returns \fB1\fR if file \fIname\fR is writable by the current user,
\fB0\fR otherwise.
.SH "PORTABILITY ISSUES"
.TP
\fBUnix\fR\0\0\0\0\0\0\0
.
These commands always operate using the real user and group identifiers,
not the effective ones.
.TP
\fBWindows\fR\0\0\0\0
.
The \fBfile owned\fR subcommand currently always reports that the current user
is the owner of the file, without regard for what the operating system
believes to be true, making an ownership test useless. This issue (#3613671)
may be fixed in a future release of Tcl.

Changes to doc/fileevent.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
...
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2008 Pat Thoyts
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH fileevent n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
fileevent \- Execute a script when a channel becomes readable or writable
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
an error;  this is done in order to prevent infinite loops due to
buggy handlers.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
In this setup \fBGetData\fR will be called with the channel as an
argument whenever $chan becomes readable. The \fBread\fR call will
read whatever binary data is currently available without blocking.
Here the channel has the fileevent removed when an end of file 
occurs to avoid being continually called (see above). Alternatively
the channel may be closed on this condition.
.PP
.CS
proc GetData {chan} {
    set data [read $chan]
    puts "[string length $data] $data"






|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
...
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2008 Pat Thoyts
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH fileevent n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
fileevent \- Execute a script when a channel becomes readable or writable
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
an error;  this is done in order to prevent infinite loops due to
buggy handlers.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
In this setup \fBGetData\fR will be called with the channel as an
argument whenever $chan becomes readable. The \fBread\fR call will
read whatever binary data is currently available without blocking.
Here the channel has the fileevent removed when an end of file
occurs to avoid being continually called (see above). Alternatively
the channel may be closed on this condition.
.PP
.CS
proc GetData {chan} {
    set data [read $chan]
    puts "[string length $data] $data"

Changes to doc/filename.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
..
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
...
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH filename n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
filename \- File name conventions supported by Tcl commands
.BE
................................................................................
entry for more details).
.SH "PATH TYPES"
.PP
File names are grouped into three general types based on the starting point
for the path used to specify the file: absolute, relative, and
volume-relative.  Absolute names are completely qualified, giving a path to
the file relative to a particular volume and the root directory on that
volume.  Relative names are unqualified, giving a path to the file relative 
to the current working directory.  Volume-relative names are partially
qualified, either giving the path relative to the root directory on the
current volume, or relative to the current directory of the specified
volume.  The \fBfile pathtype\fR command can be used to determine the
type of a given path.
.SH "PATH SYNTAX"
.PP
................................................................................
.TP 15
\fBfoo/bar\fR
Relative path to the file \fBbar\fR in the directory \fBfoo\fR in the
current directory.
.TP 15
\fB\&../foo\fR
Relative path to the file \fBfoo\fR in the directory above the current
directory. 
.RE
.TP
\fBWindows\fR
On Microsoft Windows platforms, Tcl supports both drive-relative and UNC
style names.  Both \fB/\fR and \fB\e\fR may be used as directory separators
in either type of name.  Drive-relative names consist of an optional drive
specifier followed by an absolute or relative path.  UNC paths follow the
general form \fB\e\eservername\esharename\epath\efile\fR, but must at
the very least contain the server and share components, i.e. 
\fB\e\eservername\esharename\fR.  In both forms,
the file names \fB.\fR and \fB..\fR are special and refer to the current
directory and the parent of the current directory respectively.  The
following examples illustrate various forms of path names:
.RS
.TP 15
\fB\&\e\eHost\eshare/file\fR
................................................................................
alphanumeric characters only.  Care should be taken with filenames
which contain spaces (common on Windows systems) and
filenames where the backslash is the directory separator (Windows
native path names).  Also Windows 3.1 only supports file
names with a root of no more than 8 characters and an extension of no
more than 3 characters.
.PP
On Windows platforms there are file and path length restrictions. 
Complete paths or filenames longer than about 260 characters will lead
to errors in most file operations.
.PP
Another Windows peculiarity is that any number of trailing dots
.QW .
in filenames are totally ignored, so, for example, attempts to create a
file or directory with a name




|







 







|







 







|








|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
..
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
...
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH filename n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
filename \- File name conventions supported by Tcl commands
.BE
................................................................................
entry for more details).
.SH "PATH TYPES"
.PP
File names are grouped into three general types based on the starting point
for the path used to specify the file: absolute, relative, and
volume-relative.  Absolute names are completely qualified, giving a path to
the file relative to a particular volume and the root directory on that
volume.  Relative names are unqualified, giving a path to the file relative
to the current working directory.  Volume-relative names are partially
qualified, either giving the path relative to the root directory on the
current volume, or relative to the current directory of the specified
volume.  The \fBfile pathtype\fR command can be used to determine the
type of a given path.
.SH "PATH SYNTAX"
.PP
................................................................................
.TP 15
\fBfoo/bar\fR
Relative path to the file \fBbar\fR in the directory \fBfoo\fR in the
current directory.
.TP 15
\fB\&../foo\fR
Relative path to the file \fBfoo\fR in the directory above the current
directory.
.RE
.TP
\fBWindows\fR
On Microsoft Windows platforms, Tcl supports both drive-relative and UNC
style names.  Both \fB/\fR and \fB\e\fR may be used as directory separators
in either type of name.  Drive-relative names consist of an optional drive
specifier followed by an absolute or relative path.  UNC paths follow the
general form \fB\e\eservername\esharename\epath\efile\fR, but must at
the very least contain the server and share components, i.e.
\fB\e\eservername\esharename\fR.  In both forms,
the file names \fB.\fR and \fB..\fR are special and refer to the current
directory and the parent of the current directory respectively.  The
following examples illustrate various forms of path names:
.RS
.TP 15
\fB\&\e\eHost\eshare/file\fR
................................................................................
alphanumeric characters only.  Care should be taken with filenames
which contain spaces (common on Windows systems) and
filenames where the backslash is the directory separator (Windows
native path names).  Also Windows 3.1 only supports file
names with a root of no more than 8 characters and an extension of no
more than 3 characters.
.PP
On Windows platforms there are file and path length restrictions.
Complete paths or filenames longer than about 260 characters will lead
to errors in most file operations.
.PP
Another Windows peculiarity is that any number of trailing dots
.QW .
in filenames are totally ignored, so, for example, attempts to create a
file or directory with a name

Changes to doc/format.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
..
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
...
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
...
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH format n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
format \- Format a string in the style of sprintf
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
ANSI C \fBsprintf\fR procedure.
\fIFormatString\fR indicates how to format the result, using
\fB%\fR conversion specifiers as in \fBsprintf\fR, and the additional
arguments, if any, provide values to be substituted into the result.
The return value from \fBformat\fR is the formatted string.
.SH "DETAILS ON FORMATTING"
.PP
The command operates by scanning \fIformatString\fR from left to right. 
Each character from the format string is appended to the result
string unless it is a percent sign.
If the character is a \fB%\fR then it is not copied to the result string.
Instead, the characters following the \fB%\fR character are treated as
a conversion specifier.
The conversion specifier controls the conversion of the next successive
\fIarg\fR to a particular format and the result is appended to 
the result string in place of the conversion specifier.
If there are multiple conversion specifiers in the format string,
then each one controls the conversion of one additional \fIarg\fR.
The \fBformat\fR command must be given enough \fIarg\fRs to meet the needs
of all of the conversion specifiers in \fIformatString\fR.
.PP
Each conversion specifier may contain up to six different parts:
................................................................................
then all of the specifiers must be positional.
.SS "OPTIONAL FLAGS"
.PP
The second portion of a conversion specifier may contain any of the
following flag characters, in any order:
.TP 10
\fB\-\fR
Specifies that the converted argument should be left-justified 
in its field (numbers are normally right-justified with leading 
spaces if needed).
.TP 10
\fB+\fR
Specifies that a number should always be printed with a sign, 
even if positive.
.TP 10
\fIspace\fR
Specifies that a space should be added to the beginning of the
number if the first character is not a sign.
.TP 10
\fB0\fR
Specifies that the number should be padded on the left with 
zeroes instead of spaces.
.TP 10
\fB#\fR
Requests an alternate output form. For \fBo\fR and \fBO\fR
conversions it guarantees that the first digit is always \fB0\fR.
For \fBx\fR or \fBX\fR conversions, \fB0x\fR or \fB0X\fR (respectively)
will be added to the beginning of the result unless it is zero.
For \fBb\fR conversions, \fB0b\fR
will be added to the beginning of the result unless it is zero.
For all floating-point conversions (\fBe\fR, \fBE\fR, \fBf\fR,
\fBg\fR, and \fBG\fR) it guarantees that the result always 
has a decimal point.
For \fBg\fR and \fBG\fR conversions it specifies that 
trailing zeroes should not be removed.
.SS "OPTIONAL FIELD WIDTH"
.PP
The third portion of a conversion specifier is a decimal number giving a
minimum field width for this conversion.
It is typically used to make columns line up in tabular printouts.
If the converted argument contains fewer characters than the
minimum field width then it will be padded so that it is as wide
as the minimum field width.
Padding normally occurs by adding extra spaces on the left of the
converted argument, but the \fB0\fR and \fB\-\fR flags 
may be used to specify padding with zeroes on the left or with
spaces on the right, respectively.
If the minimum field width is specified as \fB*\fR rather than
a number, then the next argument to the \fBformat\fR command
determines the minimum field width; it must be an integer value.
.SS "OPTIONAL PRECISION/BOUND"
.PP
................................................................................
of digits to appear to the right of the decimal point.
For \fBg\fR and \fBG\fR conversions it specifies the total number
of digits to appear, including those on both sides of the decimal
point (however, trailing zeroes after the decimal point will still
be omitted unless the \fB#\fR flag has been specified).
For integer conversions, it specifies a minimum number of digits
to print (leading zeroes will be added if necessary).
For \fBs\fR conversions it specifies the maximum number of characters to be 
printed; if the string is longer than this then the trailing characters will be dropped.
If the precision is specified with \fB*\fR rather than a number
then the next argument to the \fBformat\fR command determines the precision;
it must be a numeric string.
.SS "OPTIONAL SIZE MODIFIER"
.PP
The fifth part of a conversion specifier is a size modifier,
which must be \fBll\fR, \fBh\fR, or \fBl\fR.
If it is \fBll\fR it specifies that an integer value is taken
without truncation for conversion to a formatted substring.
If it is \fBh\fR it specifies that an integer value is
truncated to a 16-bit range before converting.  This option is rarely useful.
If it is \fBl\fR it specifies that the integer value is 
truncated to the same range as that produced by the \fBwide()\fR
function of the \fBexpr\fR command (at least a 64-bit range).
If neither \fBh\fR nor \fBl\fR are present, the integer value is
truncated to the same range as that produced by the \fBint()\fR
function of the \fBexpr\fR command (at least a 32-bit range, but
determined by the value of the \fBwordSize\fR element of the
\fBtcl_platform\fR array).
................................................................................
\fBc\fR
Convert integer to the Unicode character it represents.
.TP 10
\fBs\fR
No conversion; just insert string.
.TP 10
\fBf\fR
Convert number to signed decimal string of 
the form \fIxx.yyy\fR, where the number of \fIy\fR's is determined by 
the precision (default: 6).
If the precision is 0 then no decimal point is output.
.TP 10
\fBe\fR or \fBE\fR
Convert number to scientific notation in the 
form \fIx.yyy\fBe\(+-\fIzz\fR, where the number of \fIy\fR's is determined 
by the precision (default: 6).
If the precision is 0 then no decimal point is output.
If the \fBE\fR form is used then \fBE\fR is 
printed instead of \fBe\fR.
.TP 10
\fBg\fR or \fBG\fR
If the exponent is less than \-4 or greater than or equal to the 
precision, then convert number as for \fB%e\fR or 
\fB%E\fR.
Otherwise convert as for \fB%f\fR.
Trailing zeroes and a trailing decimal point are omitted.
.TP 10
\fB%\fR
No conversion: just insert \fB%\fR.
.SH "DIFFERENCES FROM ANSI SPRINTF"





|







 







|






|







 







|
|



|







|










|

|










|







 







|












|







 







|
|




|
|


|



|
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
..
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
...
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
...
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH format n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
format \- Format a string in the style of sprintf
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
ANSI C \fBsprintf\fR procedure.
\fIFormatString\fR indicates how to format the result, using
\fB%\fR conversion specifiers as in \fBsprintf\fR, and the additional
arguments, if any, provide values to be substituted into the result.
The return value from \fBformat\fR is the formatted string.
.SH "DETAILS ON FORMATTING"
.PP
The command operates by scanning \fIformatString\fR from left to right.
Each character from the format string is appended to the result
string unless it is a percent sign.
If the character is a \fB%\fR then it is not copied to the result string.
Instead, the characters following the \fB%\fR character are treated as
a conversion specifier.
The conversion specifier controls the conversion of the next successive
\fIarg\fR to a particular format and the result is appended to
the result string in place of the conversion specifier.
If there are multiple conversion specifiers in the format string,
then each one controls the conversion of one additional \fIarg\fR.
The \fBformat\fR command must be given enough \fIarg\fRs to meet the needs
of all of the conversion specifiers in \fIformatString\fR.
.PP
Each conversion specifier may contain up to six different parts:
................................................................................
then all of the specifiers must be positional.
.SS "OPTIONAL FLAGS"
.PP
The second portion of a conversion specifier may contain any of the
following flag characters, in any order:
.TP 10
\fB\-\fR
Specifies that the converted argument should be left-justified
in its field (numbers are normally right-justified with leading
spaces if needed).
.TP 10
\fB+\fR
Specifies that a number should always be printed with a sign,
even if positive.
.TP 10
\fIspace\fR
Specifies that a space should be added to the beginning of the
number if the first character is not a sign.
.TP 10
\fB0\fR
Specifies that the number should be padded on the left with
zeroes instead of spaces.
.TP 10
\fB#\fR
Requests an alternate output form. For \fBo\fR and \fBO\fR
conversions it guarantees that the first digit is always \fB0\fR.
For \fBx\fR or \fBX\fR conversions, \fB0x\fR or \fB0X\fR (respectively)
will be added to the beginning of the result unless it is zero.
For \fBb\fR conversions, \fB0b\fR
will be added to the beginning of the result unless it is zero.
For all floating-point conversions (\fBe\fR, \fBE\fR, \fBf\fR,
\fBg\fR, and \fBG\fR) it guarantees that the result always
has a decimal point.
For \fBg\fR and \fBG\fR conversions it specifies that
trailing zeroes should not be removed.
.SS "OPTIONAL FIELD WIDTH"
.PP
The third portion of a conversion specifier is a decimal number giving a
minimum field width for this conversion.
It is typically used to make columns line up in tabular printouts.
If the converted argument contains fewer characters than the
minimum field width then it will be padded so that it is as wide
as the minimum field width.
Padding normally occurs by adding extra spaces on the left of the
converted argument, but the \fB0\fR and \fB\-\fR flags
may be used to specify padding with zeroes on the left or with
spaces on the right, respectively.
If the minimum field width is specified as \fB*\fR rather than
a number, then the next argument to the \fBformat\fR command
determines the minimum field width; it must be an integer value.
.SS "OPTIONAL PRECISION/BOUND"
.PP
................................................................................
of digits to appear to the right of the decimal point.
For \fBg\fR and \fBG\fR conversions it specifies the total number
of digits to appear, including those on both sides of the decimal
point (however, trailing zeroes after the decimal point will still
be omitted unless the \fB#\fR flag has been specified).
For integer conversions, it specifies a minimum number of digits
to print (leading zeroes will be added if necessary).
For \fBs\fR conversions it specifies the maximum number of characters to be
printed; if the string is longer than this then the trailing characters will be dropped.
If the precision is specified with \fB*\fR rather than a number
then the next argument to the \fBformat\fR command determines the precision;
it must be a numeric string.
.SS "OPTIONAL SIZE MODIFIER"
.PP
The fifth part of a conversion specifier is a size modifier,
which must be \fBll\fR, \fBh\fR, or \fBl\fR.
If it is \fBll\fR it specifies that an integer value is taken
without truncation for conversion to a formatted substring.
If it is \fBh\fR it specifies that an integer value is
truncated to a 16-bit range before converting.  This option is rarely useful.
If it is \fBl\fR it specifies that the integer value is
truncated to the same range as that produced by the \fBwide()\fR
function of the \fBexpr\fR command (at least a 64-bit range).
If neither \fBh\fR nor \fBl\fR are present, the integer value is
truncated to the same range as that produced by the \fBint()\fR
function of the \fBexpr\fR command (at least a 32-bit range, but
determined by the value of the \fBwordSize\fR element of the
\fBtcl_platform\fR array).
................................................................................
\fBc\fR
Convert integer to the Unicode character it represents.
.TP 10
\fBs\fR
No conversion; just insert string.
.TP 10
\fBf\fR
Convert number to signed decimal string of
the form \fIxx.yyy\fR, where the number of \fIy\fR's is determined by
the precision (default: 6).
If the precision is 0 then no decimal point is output.
.TP 10
\fBe\fR or \fBE\fR
Convert number to scientific notation in the
form \fIx.yyy\fBe\(+-\fIzz\fR, where the number of \fIy\fR's is determined
by the precision (default: 6).
If the precision is 0 then no decimal point is output.
If the \fBE\fR form is used then \fBE\fR is
printed instead of \fBe\fR.
.TP 10
\fBg\fR or \fBG\fR
If the exponent is less than \-4 or greater than or equal to the
precision, then convert number as for \fB%e\fR or
\fB%E\fR.
Otherwise convert as for \fB%f\fR.
Trailing zeroes and a trailing decimal point are omitted.
.TP 10
\fB%\fR
No conversion: just insert \fB%\fR.
.SH "DIFFERENCES FROM ANSI SPRINTF"

Changes to doc/global.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH global n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
global \- Access global variables
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
If the \fBglobal\fR command is executed in the context of a proc body, it
creates local variables linked to the corresponding global variables (though
these linked variables, like those created by \fBupvar\fR, are not included
in the list returned by \fBinfo locals\fR).
.PP
If \fIvarname\fR contains namespace qualifiers, the local variable's name is
the unqualified name of the global variable, as determined by the
\fBnamespace tail\fR command. 
.PP
\fIvarname\fR is always treated as the name of a variable, not an
array element.  An error is returned if the name looks like an array element,
such as \fBa(b)\fR.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
This procedure sets the namespace variable \fI::a::x\fR





|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH global n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
global \- Access global variables
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
If the \fBglobal\fR command is executed in the context of a proc body, it
creates local variables linked to the corresponding global variables (though
these linked variables, like those created by \fBupvar\fR, are not included
in the list returned by \fBinfo locals\fR).
.PP
If \fIvarname\fR contains namespace qualifiers, the local variable's name is
the unqualified name of the global variable, as determined by the
\fBnamespace tail\fR command.
.PP
\fIvarname\fR is always treated as the name of a variable, not an
array element.  An error is returned if the name looks like an array element,
such as \fBa(b)\fR.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
This procedure sets the namespace variable \fI::a::x\fR

Changes to doc/http.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
..
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
...
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
...
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Ajuba Solutions.
'\" Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH "http" n 2.7 http "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
http \- Client-side implementation of the HTTP/1.1 protocol
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
policy, so it can be used by untrusted applets to do URL fetching from
a restricted set of hosts. This package can be extended to support
additional HTTP transport protocols, such as HTTPS, by providing
a custom \fBsocket\fR command, via \fB::http::register\fR.
.PP
The \fB::http::geturl\fR procedure does a HTTP transaction.
Its \fIoptions \fR determine whether a GET, POST, or HEAD transaction
is performed.  
The return value of \fB::http::geturl\fR is a token for the transaction.
The value is also the name of an array in the ::http namespace
that contains state information about the transaction.  The elements
of this array are described in the \fBSTATE ARRAY\fR section.
.PP
If the \fB\-command\fR option is specified, then
the HTTP operation is done in the background.
................................................................................
that setting is returned.  Otherwise, the options should be a set of
flags and values that define the configuration:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-accept\fR \fImimetypes\fR
.
The Accept header of the request.  The default is */*, which means that
all types of documents are accepted.  Otherwise you can supply a 
comma-separated list of mime type patterns that you are
willing to receive.  For example,
.QW "image/gif, image/jpeg, text/*" .
.TP
\fB\-proxyhost\fR \fIhostname\fR
.
The name of the proxy host, if any.  If this value is the
................................................................................
.TP
\fB\-useragent\fR \fIstring\fR
.
The value of the User-Agent header in the HTTP request.  The default is
.QW "\fBTcl http client package 2.7\fR" .
.RE
.TP
\fB::http::geturl\fR \fIurl\fR ?\fIoptions\fR? 
.
The \fB::http::geturl\fR command is the main procedure in the package.
The \fB\-query\fR option causes a POST operation and
the \fB\-validate\fR option causes a HEAD operation;
otherwise, a GET operation is performed.  The \fB::http::geturl\fR command
returns a \fItoken\fR value that can be used to get
information about the transaction.  See the \fBSTATE ARRAY\fR and
................................................................................
\fIquery\fR to the server. The \fIquery\fR must be an x-url-encoding
formatted query.  The \fB::http::formatQuery\fR procedure can be used to
do the formatting.
.TP
\fB\-queryblocksize\fR \fIsize\fR
.
The block size used when posting query data to the URL.
At most 
\fIsize\fR
bytes are written at once.  After each block, a call to the
\fB\-queryprogress\fR
callback is made (if that option is specified).
.TP
\fB\-querychannel\fR \fIchannelID\fR
.






|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
..
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
...
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
...
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Ajuba Solutions.
'\" Copyright (c) 2004 ActiveState Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH "http" n 2.7 http "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
http \- Client-side implementation of the HTTP/1.1 protocol
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
policy, so it can be used by untrusted applets to do URL fetching from
a restricted set of hosts. This package can be extended to support
additional HTTP transport protocols, such as HTTPS, by providing
a custom \fBsocket\fR command, via \fB::http::register\fR.
.PP
The \fB::http::geturl\fR procedure does a HTTP transaction.
Its \fIoptions \fR determine whether a GET, POST, or HEAD transaction
is performed.
The return value of \fB::http::geturl\fR is a token for the transaction.
The value is also the name of an array in the ::http namespace
that contains state information about the transaction.  The elements
of this array are described in the \fBSTATE ARRAY\fR section.
.PP
If the \fB\-command\fR option is specified, then
the HTTP operation is done in the background.
................................................................................
that setting is returned.  Otherwise, the options should be a set of
flags and values that define the configuration:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-accept\fR \fImimetypes\fR
.
The Accept header of the request.  The default is */*, which means that
all types of documents are accepted.  Otherwise you can supply a
comma-separated list of mime type patterns that you are
willing to receive.  For example,
.QW "image/gif, image/jpeg, text/*" .
.TP
\fB\-proxyhost\fR \fIhostname\fR
.
The name of the proxy host, if any.  If this value is the
................................................................................
.TP
\fB\-useragent\fR \fIstring\fR
.
The value of the User-Agent header in the HTTP request.  The default is
.QW "\fBTcl http client package 2.7\fR" .
.RE
.TP
\fB::http::geturl\fR \fIurl\fR ?\fIoptions\fR?
.
The \fB::http::geturl\fR command is the main procedure in the package.
The \fB\-query\fR option causes a POST operation and
the \fB\-validate\fR option causes a HEAD operation;
otherwise, a GET operation is performed.  The \fB::http::geturl\fR command
returns a \fItoken\fR value that can be used to get
information about the transaction.  See the \fBSTATE ARRAY\fR and
................................................................................
\fIquery\fR to the server. The \fIquery\fR must be an x-url-encoding
formatted query.  The \fB::http::formatQuery\fR procedure can be used to
do the formatting.
.TP
\fB\-queryblocksize\fR \fIsize\fR
.
The block size used when posting query data to the URL.
At most
\fIsize\fR
bytes are written at once.  After each block, a call to the
\fB\-queryprogress\fR
callback is made (if that option is specified).
.TP
\fB\-querychannel\fR \fIchannelID\fR
.

Changes to doc/lindex.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
...
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 by Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>.  All rights reserved.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH lindex n 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lindex \- Retrieve an element from a list
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
In extracting the element, \fBlindex\fR observes the same rules
concerning braces and quotes and backslashes as the Tcl command
interpreter; however, variable
substitution and command substitution do not occur.
If \fIindex\fR is negative or greater than or equal to the number
of elements in \fIvalue\fR, then an empty
string is returned.
The interpretation of each simple \fIindex\fR value is the same as 
for the command \fBstring index\fR, supporting simple index
arithmetic and indices relative to the end of the list.
.PP
If additional \fIindex\fR arguments are supplied, then each argument is
used in turn to select an element from the previous indexing operation,
allowing the script to select elements from sublists.  The command,
.PP
................................................................................
\fBlindex\fR {a b c d e f} $idx+2
      \fI\(-> d\fR
set idx 3
\fBlindex\fR {a b c d e f} $idx+2
      \fI\(-> f\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n), 
lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, index, list
'\"Local Variables:
'\"mode: nroff
'\"End:






|







 







|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
...
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 by Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>.  All rights reserved.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH lindex n 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lindex \- Retrieve an element from a list
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
In extracting the element, \fBlindex\fR observes the same rules
concerning braces and quotes and backslashes as the Tcl command
interpreter; however, variable
substitution and command substitution do not occur.
If \fIindex\fR is negative or greater than or equal to the number
of elements in \fIvalue\fR, then an empty
string is returned.
The interpretation of each simple \fIindex\fR value is the same as
for the command \fBstring index\fR, supporting simple index
arithmetic and indices relative to the end of the list.
.PP
If additional \fIindex\fR arguments are supplied, then each argument is
used in turn to select an element from the previous indexing operation,
allowing the script to select elements from sublists.  The command,
.PP
................................................................................
\fBlindex\fR {a b c d e f} $idx+2
      \fI\(-> d\fR
set idx 3
\fBlindex\fR {a b c d e f} $idx+2
      \fI\(-> f\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n),
lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, index, list
'\"Local Variables:
'\"mode: nroff
'\"End:

Changes to doc/linsert.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>.  All rights reserved.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH linsert n 8.2 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
linsert \- Insert elements into a list
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
set oldList {the fox jumps over the dog}
set midList [\fBlinsert\fR $oldList 1 quick]
set newList [\fBlinsert\fR $midList end-1 lazy]
# The old lists still exist though...
set newerList [\fBlinsert\fR [\fBlinsert\fR $oldList end-1 quick] 1 lazy]
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), llength(n), lsearch(n), 
lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, insert, list
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:






|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>.  All rights reserved.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH linsert n 8.2 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
linsert \- Insert elements into a list
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
set oldList {the fox jumps over the dog}
set midList [\fBlinsert\fR $oldList 1 quick]
set newList [\fBlinsert\fR $midList end-1 lazy]
# The old lists still exist though...
set newerList [\fBlinsert\fR [\fBlinsert\fR $oldList end-1 quick] 1 lazy]
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), llength(n), lsearch(n),
lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, insert, list
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/llength.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>.  All rights reserved.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH llength n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
llength \- Count the number of elements in a list
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
An empty list is not necessarily an empty string:
.PP
.CS
% set var { }; puts "[string length $var],[\fBllength\fR $var]"
1,0
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), lsearch(n), 
lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, list, length






|







 







|



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>.  All rights reserved.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH llength n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
llength \- Count the number of elements in a list
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
An empty list is not necessarily an empty string:
.PP
.CS
% set var { }; puts "[string length $var],[\fBllength\fR $var]"
1,0
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), lsearch(n),
lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, list, length

Changes to doc/lmap.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Trevor Davel
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH lmap n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lmap \- Iterate over all elements in one or more lists and collect results
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
Zip lists together:
.PP
.CS
set list1 {a b c d}
set list2 {1 2 3 4}
set zipped [\fBlmap\fR a $list1 b $list2 {list $a $b}] 
# The value of zipped is "{a 1} {b 2} {c 3} {d 4}"
.CE
.PP
Filter a list to remove odd values:
.PP
.CS
set values {1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8}




|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2012 Trevor Davel
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH lmap n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lmap \- Iterate over all elements in one or more lists and collect results
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
Zip lists together:
.PP
.CS
set list1 {a b c d}
set list2 {1 2 3 4}
set zipped [\fBlmap\fR a $list1 b $list2 {list $a $b}]
# The value of zipped is "{a 1} {b 2} {c 3} {d 4}"
.CE
.PP
Filter a list to remove odd values:
.PP
.CS
set values {1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8}

Changes to doc/lrange.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>.  All rights reserved.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH lrange n 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lrange \- Return one or more adjacent elements from a list
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
some {elements to} select
% lindex $var 1
elements to
% \fBlrange\fR $var 1 1
{elements to}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n), 
lset(n), lreplace(n), lsort(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, list, range, sublist






|







 







|




1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>.  All rights reserved.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH lrange n 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lrange \- Return one or more adjacent elements from a list
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
some {elements to} select
% lindex $var 1
elements to
% \fBlrange\fR $var 1 1
{elements to}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n),
lset(n), lreplace(n), lsort(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, list, range, sublist

Changes to doc/lsearch.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
...
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
...
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
'\" 
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>.  All rights reserved.
'\" Copyright (c) 2003-2004 Donal K. Fellows.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH lsearch n 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lsearch \- See if a list contains a particular element
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
\fB\-integer\fR
.
The list elements are to be compared as integers.
.TP
\fB\-nocase\fR
.
Causes comparisons to be handled in a case-insensitive manner.  Has no
effect if combined with the \fB\-dictionary\fR, \fB\-integer\fR, or 
\fB\-real\fR options.
.TP
\fB\-real\fR
.
The list elements are to be compared as floating-point values.
.SS "SORTED LIST OPTIONS"
.PP
................................................................................
It is also possible to search inside elements:
.PP
.CS
\fBlsearch\fR -index 1 -all -inline {{a abc} {b bcd} {c cde}} *bc*
      \fI\(-> {a abc} {b bcd}\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
foreach(n), list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), 
lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
binary search, linear search,
list, match, pattern, regular expression, search, string
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:
|







|







 







|







 







|








1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
...
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
...
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>.  All rights reserved.
'\" Copyright (c) 2003-2004 Donal K. Fellows.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH lsearch n 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lsearch \- See if a list contains a particular element
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
\fB\-integer\fR
.
The list elements are to be compared as integers.
.TP
\fB\-nocase\fR
.
Causes comparisons to be handled in a case-insensitive manner.  Has no
effect if combined with the \fB\-dictionary\fR, \fB\-integer\fR, or
\fB\-real\fR options.
.TP
\fB\-real\fR
.
The list elements are to be compared as floating-point values.
.SS "SORTED LIST OPTIONS"
.PP
................................................................................
It is also possible to search inside elements:
.PP
.CS
\fBlsearch\fR -index 1 -all -inline {{a abc} {b bcd} {c cde}} *bc*
      \fI\(-> {a abc} {b bcd}\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
foreach(n), list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n),
lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
binary search, linear search,
list, match, pattern, regular expression, search, string
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/lset.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
..
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
...
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 by Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>.  All rights reserved.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH lset n 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lset \- Change an element in a list
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBlset \fIvarName ?index ...? newValue\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBlset\fR command accepts a parameter, \fIvarName\fR, which
it interprets as the name of a variable containing a Tcl list. 
It also accepts zero or more \fIindices\fR into
the list.  The indices may be presented either consecutively on the
command line, or grouped in a
Tcl list and presented as a single argument.
Finally, it accepts a new value for an element of \fIvarName\fR.
.PP
If no indices are presented, the command takes the form:
................................................................................
.CE
.PP
In this case, \fInewValue\fR replaces the old value of the variable
\fIvarName\fR.
.PP
When presented with a single index, the \fBlset\fR command
treats the content of the \fIvarName\fR variable as a Tcl list.
It addresses the \fIindex\fR'th element in it 
(0 refers to the first element of the list).
When interpreting the list, \fBlset\fR observes the same rules
concerning braces and quotes and backslashes as the Tcl command
interpreter; however, variable
substitution and command substitution do not occur.
The command constructs a new list in which the designated element is
replaced with \fInewValue\fR.  This new list is stored in the
................................................................................
.CS
\fBlset\fR x 1 1 0 j
      \fI\(-> {{a b} {c d}} {{e f} {j h}}\fR
\fBlset\fR x {1 1 0} j
      \fI\(-> {{a b} {c d}} {{e f} {j h}}\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n), 
lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, index, list, replace, set
'\"Local Variables:
'\"mode: nroff
'\"End:




|












|







 







|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
..
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
...
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 by Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>.  All rights reserved.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH lset n 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lset \- Change an element in a list
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBlset \fIvarName ?index ...? newValue\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBlset\fR command accepts a parameter, \fIvarName\fR, which
it interprets as the name of a variable containing a Tcl list.
It also accepts zero or more \fIindices\fR into
the list.  The indices may be presented either consecutively on the
command line, or grouped in a
Tcl list and presented as a single argument.
Finally, it accepts a new value for an element of \fIvarName\fR.
.PP
If no indices are presented, the command takes the form:
................................................................................
.CE
.PP
In this case, \fInewValue\fR replaces the old value of the variable
\fIvarName\fR.
.PP
When presented with a single index, the \fBlset\fR command
treats the content of the \fIvarName\fR variable as a Tcl list.
It addresses the \fIindex\fR'th element in it
(0 refers to the first element of the list).
When interpreting the list, \fBlset\fR observes the same rules
concerning braces and quotes and backslashes as the Tcl command
interpreter; however, variable
substitution and command substitution do not occur.
The command constructs a new list in which the designated element is
replaced with \fInewValue\fR.  This new list is stored in the
................................................................................
.CS
\fBlset\fR x 1 1 0 j
      \fI\(-> {{a b} {c d}} {{e f} {j h}}\fR
\fBlset\fR x {1 1 0} j
      \fI\(-> {{a b} {c d}} {{e f} {j h}}\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n),
lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, index, list, replace, set
'\"Local Variables:
'\"mode: nroff
'\"End:

Changes to doc/lsort.n.

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
...
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
...
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>.  All rights reserved.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH lsort n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lsort \- Sort the elements of a list
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
returns
.QW "carrot 10 banana 25 apple 50" .
.RE
.TP
\fB\-nocase\fR
.
Causes comparisons to be handled in a case-insensitive manner.  Has no
effect if combined with the \fB\-dictionary\fR, \fB\-integer\fR, or 
\fB\-real\fR options.
.TP
\fB\-unique\fR
.
If this option is specified, then only the last set of duplicate
elements found in the list will be retained.  Note that duplicates are
determined relative to the comparison used in the sort.  Thus if 
\fB\-index 0\fR is used, \fB{1 a}\fR and \fB{1 b}\fR would be
considered duplicates and only the second element, \fB{1 b}\fR, would
be retained.
.SH "NOTES"
.PP
The options to \fBlsort\fR only control what sort of comparison is
used, and do not necessarily constrain what the values themselves
................................................................................
    return [string compare [lindex $a 1] [lindex $b 1]]
}
\fI%\fR \fBlsort\fR -command compare \e
        {{3 apple} {0x2 carrot} {1 dingo} {2 banana}}
{1 dingo} {2 banana} {0x2 carrot} {3 apple}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n), 
lset(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, list, order, sort
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:






|







 







|






|







 







|






2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
...
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
...
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>.  All rights reserved.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH lsort n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
lsort \- Sort the elements of a list
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
returns
.QW "carrot 10 banana 25 apple 50" .
.RE
.TP
\fB\-nocase\fR
.
Causes comparisons to be handled in a case-insensitive manner.  Has no
effect if combined with the \fB\-dictionary\fR, \fB\-integer\fR, or
\fB\-real\fR options.
.TP
\fB\-unique\fR
.
If this option is specified, then only the last set of duplicate
elements found in the list will be retained.  Note that duplicates are
determined relative to the comparison used in the sort.  Thus if
\fB\-index 0\fR is used, \fB{1 a}\fR and \fB{1 b}\fR would be
considered duplicates and only the second element, \fB{1 b}\fR, would
be retained.
.SH "NOTES"
.PP
The options to \fBlsort\fR only control what sort of comparison is
used, and do not necessarily constrain what the values themselves
................................................................................
    return [string compare [lindex $a 1] [lindex $b 1]]
}
\fI%\fR \fBlsort\fR -command compare \e
        {{3 apple} {0x2 carrot} {1 dingo} {2 banana}}
{1 dingo} {2 banana} {0x2 carrot} {3 apple}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n),
lset(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, list, order, sort
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:

Changes to doc/mathfunc.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
...
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
...
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
...
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-2000 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2005 by Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>. All rights reserved
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH mathfunc n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Mathematical Functions"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
mathfunc \- Mathematical functions for Tcl expressions
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
radians.  \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR cannot both be 0.  If \fIx\fR is greater
than \fI0\fR, this is equivalent to
.QW "\fBatan \fR[\fBexpr\fR {\fIy\fB/\fIx\fR}]" .
.TP
\fBbool \fIarg\fR
.
Accepts any numeric value, or any string acceptable to
\fBstring is boolean\fR, and returns the corresponding 
boolean value \fB0\fR or \fB1\fR.  Non-zero numbers are true.
Other numbers are false.  Non-numeric strings produce boolean value in
agreement with \fBstring is true\fR and \fBstring is false\fR.
.TP
\fBceil \fIarg\fR
.
Returns the smallest integral floating-point value (i.e. with a zero
................................................................................
\fBpow \fIx y\fR
.
Computes the value of \fIx\fR raised to the power \fIy\fR.  If \fIx\fR
is negative, \fIy\fR must be an integer value.
.TP
\fBrand\fR
.
Returns a pseudo-random floating-point value in the range (\fI0\fR,\fI1\fR).  
The generator algorithm is a simple linear congruential generator that
is not cryptographically secure.  Each result from \fBrand\fR completely
determines all future results from subsequent calls to \fBrand\fR, so
\fBrand\fR should not be used to generate a sequence of secrets, such as
one-time passwords.  The seed of the generator is initialized from the
internal clock of the machine or may be set with the \fBsrand\fR function.
.TP
................................................................................
.
Returns the hyperbolic tangent of \fIarg\fR.
.TP
\fBwide \fIarg\fR
.
The argument may be any numeric value.  The integer part of \fIarg\fR
is determined, and then the low order 64 bits of that integer value
are returned as an integer value.  
.SH "SEE ALSO"
expr(n), mathop(n), namespace(n)
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
.nf
Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
Copyright (c) 1994-2000 Sun Microsystems Incorporated.
Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 by Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>.
.fi
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:






|







 







|







 







|







 







|












1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
...
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
...
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
...
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-2000 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2005 by Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>. All rights reserved
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH mathfunc n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Mathematical Functions"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
mathfunc \- Mathematical functions for Tcl expressions
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
radians.  \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR cannot both be 0.  If \fIx\fR is greater
than \fI0\fR, this is equivalent to
.QW "\fBatan \fR[\fBexpr\fR {\fIy\fB/\fIx\fR}]" .
.TP
\fBbool \fIarg\fR
.
Accepts any numeric value, or any string acceptable to
\fBstring is boolean\fR, and returns the corresponding
boolean value \fB0\fR or \fB1\fR.  Non-zero numbers are true.
Other numbers are false.  Non-numeric strings produce boolean value in
agreement with \fBstring is true\fR and \fBstring is false\fR.
.TP
\fBceil \fIarg\fR
.
Returns the smallest integral floating-point value (i.e. with a zero
................................................................................
\fBpow \fIx y\fR
.
Computes the value of \fIx\fR raised to the power \fIy\fR.  If \fIx\fR
is negative, \fIy\fR must be an integer value.
.TP
\fBrand\fR
.
Returns a pseudo-random floating-point value in the range (\fI0\fR,\fI1\fR).
The generator algorithm is a simple linear congruential generator that
is not cryptographically secure.  Each result from \fBrand\fR completely
determines all future results from subsequent calls to \fBrand\fR, so
\fBrand\fR should not be used to generate a sequence of secrets, such as
one-time passwords.  The seed of the generator is initialized from the
internal clock of the machine or may be set with the \fBsrand\fR function.
.TP
................................................................................
.
Returns the hyperbolic tangent of \fIarg\fR.
.TP
\fBwide \fIarg\fR
.
The argument may be any numeric value.  The integer part of \fIarg\fR
is determined, and then the low order 64 bits of that integer value
are returned as an integer value.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
expr(n), mathop(n), namespace(n)
.SH "COPYRIGHT"
.nf
Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
Copyright (c) 1994-2000 Sun Microsystems Incorporated.
Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 by Kevin B. Kenny <[email protected]>.
.fi
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:

Changes to doc/memory.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
..
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
..
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
..
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992-1999 by Karl Lehenbauer and Mark Diekhans
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\" 
.TH memory n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
memory \- Control Tcl memory debugging capabilities
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBmemory \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
................................................................................
outputs a message to this effect and that it is now attempting to enter
the C debugger.  Tcl will then issue a \fISIGINT\fR signal against itself.
If you are running Tcl under a C debugger, it should then enter the debugger
command mode.
.TP
\fBmemory info\fR
.
Returns a report containing the total allocations and frees since 
Tcl began, the current packets allocated (the current
number of calls to \fBckalloc\fR not met by a corresponding call 
to \fBckfree\fR), the current bytes allocated, and the maximum number
of packets and bytes allocated.
.TP
\fBmemory init \fR[\fBon\fR|\fBoff\fR]
.
Turn on or off the pre-initialization of all allocated memory
with bogus bytes.  Useful for detecting the use of uninitialized
................................................................................
\fBmemory tag\fR \fIstring\fR
.
Each packet of memory allocated by \fBckalloc\fR can have associated
with it a string-valued tag.  In the lists of allocated memory generated
by \fBmemory active\fR and \fBmemory onexit\fR, the tag for each packet
is printed along with other information about the packet.  The
\fBmemory tag\fR command sets the tag value for subsequent calls
to \fBckalloc\fR to be \fIstring\fR.  
.TP
\fBmemory trace \fR[\fBon\fR|\fBoff\fR]
.
Turns memory tracing on or off.  When memory tracing is on, every call
to \fBckalloc\fR causes a line of trace information to be written to
\fIstderr\fR, consisting of the word \fIckalloc\fR, followed by the
address returned, the amount of memory allocated, and the C filename
................................................................................
Enable memory tracing after \fIcount\fR \fBckalloc\fRs have been performed.
For example, if you enter \fBmemory trace_on_at_malloc 100\fR,
after the 100th call to \fBckalloc\fR, memory trace information will begin
being displayed for all allocations and frees.  Since there can be a lot
of memory activity before a problem occurs, judicious use of this option
can reduce the slowdown caused by tracing (and the amount of trace information
produced), if you can identify a number of allocations that occur before
the problem sets in.  The current number of memory allocations that have 
occurred since Tcl started is printed on a guard zone failure.
.TP
\fBmemory validate \fR[\fBon\fR|\fBoff\fR]
.
Turns memory validation on or off. When memory validation is enabled,
on every call to \fBckalloc\fR or \fBckfree\fR, the guard zones are
checked for every piece of memory currently in existence that was



|







 







|

|







 







|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
..
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
..
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
..
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992-1999 by Karl Lehenbauer and Mark Diekhans
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
.TH memory n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
memory \- Control Tcl memory debugging capabilities
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBmemory \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
................................................................................
outputs a message to this effect and that it is now attempting to enter
the C debugger.  Tcl will then issue a \fISIGINT\fR signal against itself.
If you are running Tcl under a C debugger, it should then enter the debugger
command mode.
.TP
\fBmemory info\fR
.
Returns a report containing the total allocations and frees since
Tcl began, the current packets allocated (the current
number of calls to \fBckalloc\fR not met by a corresponding call
to \fBckfree\fR), the current bytes allocated, and the maximum number
of packets and bytes allocated.
.TP
\fBmemory init \fR[\fBon\fR|\fBoff\fR]
.
Turn on or off the pre-initialization of all allocated memory
with bogus bytes.  Useful for detecting the use of uninitialized
................................................................................
\fBmemory tag\fR \fIstring\fR
.
Each packet of memory allocated by \fBckalloc\fR can have associated
with it a string-valued tag.  In the lists of allocated memory generated
by \fBmemory active\fR and \fBmemory onexit\fR, the tag for each packet
is printed along with other information about the packet.  The
\fBmemory tag\fR command sets the tag value for subsequent calls
to \fBckalloc\fR to be \fIstring\fR.
.TP
\fBmemory trace \fR[\fBon\fR|\fBoff\fR]
.
Turns memory tracing on or off.  When memory tracing is on, every call
to \fBckalloc\fR causes a line of trace information to be written to
\fIstderr\fR, consisting of the word \fIckalloc\fR, followed by the
address returned, the amount of memory allocated, and the C filename
................................................................................
Enable memory tracing after \fIcount\fR \fBckalloc\fRs have been performed.
For example, if you enter \fBmemory trace_on_at_malloc 100\fR,
after the 100th call to \fBckalloc\fR, memory trace information will begin
being displayed for all allocations and frees.  Since there can be a lot
of memory activity before a problem occurs, judicious use of this option
can reduce the slowdown caused by tracing (and the amount of trace information
produced), if you can identify a number of allocations that occur before
the problem sets in.  The current number of memory allocations that have
occurred since Tcl started is printed on a guard zone failure.
.TP
\fBmemory validate \fR[\fBon\fR|\fBoff\fR]
.
Turns memory validation on or off. When memory validation is enabled,
on every call to \fBckalloc\fR or \fBckfree\fR, the guard zones are
checked for every piece of memory currently in existence that was

Changes to doc/msgcat.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
...
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998 Mark Harrison.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH "msgcat" n 1.5 msgcat "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
msgcat \- Tcl message catalog
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
initial locale.  The value is parsed according to the XPG4 pattern
.PP
.CS
language[_country][.codeset][@modifier]
.CE
.PP
to extract its parts.  The initial locale is then set by calling
\fB::msgcat::mclocale\fR with the argument 
.PP
.CS
language[_country][_modifier]
.CE
.PP
On Windows and Cygwin, if none of those environment variables is set,
msgcat will attempt to extract locale information from the registry.




|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
...
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998 Mark Harrison.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH "msgcat" n 1.5 msgcat "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
msgcat \- Tcl message catalog
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
initial locale.  The value is parsed according to the XPG4 pattern
.PP
.CS
language[_country][.codeset][@modifier]
.CE
.PP
to extract its parts.  The initial locale is then set by calling
\fB::msgcat::mclocale\fR with the argument
.PP
.CS
language[_country][_modifier]
.CE
.PP
On Windows and Cygwin, if none of those environment variables is set,
msgcat will attempt to extract locale information from the registry.

Changes to doc/open.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
...
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
...
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH open n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
open \- Open a file-based or command pipeline channel
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
Open the file for reading and writing.  If the file does not exist,
create a new empty file.
Set the initial access position  to the end of the file.
.PP
All of the legal \fIaccess\fR values above may have the character
\fBb\fR added as the second or third character in the value to
indicate that the opened channel should be configured as if with the
\fBfconfigure\fR \fB\-translation binary\fR option, making the channel suitable for 
reading or writing of binary data.
.PP
In the second form, \fIaccess\fR consists of a list of any of the
following flags, all of which have the standard POSIX meanings.
One of the flags must be either \fBRDONLY\fR, \fBWRONLY\fR or \fBRDWR\fR.
.TP 15
\fBRDONLY\fR
................................................................................
of the lines entered at the console will be sent to the command pipeline and
some will be sent to the Tcl evaluator.  If a command pipeline is opened for
writing, keystrokes entered into the console are not visible until the
pipe is closed.  These problems only occur because both Tcl and the child
application are competing for the console at the same time.  If the command
pipeline is started from a script, so that Tcl is not accessing the console,
or if the command pipeline does not use standard input or output, but is
redirected from or to a file, then the above problems do not occur.  
.RE
.TP
\fBUnix\fR\0\0\0\0\0\0\0
.
Valid values for \fIfileName\fR to open a serial port are generally of the
form \fB/dev/tty\fIX\fR, where \fIX\fR is \fBa\fR or \fBb\fR, but the name
of any pseudo-file that maps to a serial port may be used.
................................................................................
between the console, if one is present, and a command pipeline that uses
standard input.  If a command pipeline is opened for reading, some
of the lines entered at the console will be sent to the command pipeline and
some will be sent to the Tcl evaluator.  This problem only occurs because
both Tcl and the child application are competing for the console at the
same time.  If the command pipeline is started from a script, so that Tcl is
not accessing the console, or if the command pipeline does not use standard
input, but is redirected from a file, then the above problem does not occur.  
.RE
.PP
See the \fBPORTABILITY ISSUES\fR section of the \fBexec\fR command for
additional information not specific to command pipelines about executing
applications on the various platforms
.SH "EXAMPLE"
.PP





|







 







|







 







|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
...
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
...
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH open n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
open \- Open a file-based or command pipeline channel
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
Open the file for reading and writing.  If the file does not exist,
create a new empty file.
Set the initial access position  to the end of the file.
.PP
All of the legal \fIaccess\fR values above may have the character
\fBb\fR added as the second or third character in the value to
indicate that the opened channel should be configured as if with the
\fBfconfigure\fR \fB\-translation binary\fR option, making the channel suitable for
reading or writing of binary data.
.PP
In the second form, \fIaccess\fR consists of a list of any of the
following flags, all of which have the standard POSIX meanings.
One of the flags must be either \fBRDONLY\fR, \fBWRONLY\fR or \fBRDWR\fR.
.TP 15
\fBRDONLY\fR
................................................................................
of the lines entered at the console will be sent to the command pipeline and
some will be sent to the Tcl evaluator.  If a command pipeline is opened for
writing, keystrokes entered into the console are not visible until the
pipe is closed.  These problems only occur because both Tcl and the child
application are competing for the console at the same time.  If the command
pipeline is started from a script, so that Tcl is not accessing the console,
or if the command pipeline does not use standard input or output, but is
redirected from or to a file, then the above problems do not occur.
.RE
.TP
\fBUnix\fR\0\0\0\0\0\0\0
.
Valid values for \fIfileName\fR to open a serial port are generally of the
form \fB/dev/tty\fIX\fR, where \fIX\fR is \fBa\fR or \fBb\fR, but the name
of any pseudo-file that maps to a serial port may be used.
................................................................................
between the console, if one is present, and a command pipeline that uses
standard input.  If a command pipeline is opened for reading, some
of the lines entered at the console will be sent to the command pipeline and
some will be sent to the Tcl evaluator.  This problem only occurs because
both Tcl and the child application are competing for the console at the
same time.  If the command pipeline is started from a script, so that Tcl is
not accessing the console, or if the command pipeline does not use standard
input, but is redirected from a file, then the above problem does not occur.
.RE
.PP
See the \fBPORTABILITY ISSUES\fR section of the \fBexec\fR command for
additional information not specific to command pipelines about executing
applications on the various platforms
.SH "EXAMPLE"
.PP

Changes to doc/package.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH package n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
package \- Facilities for package loading and version control
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
It is typically invoked once as part of an \fBifneeded\fR script,
and again by the package itself when it is finally loaded.
An error occurs if a different version of \fIpackage\fR has been
provided by a previous \fBpackage provide\fR command.
If the \fIversion\fR argument is omitted, then the command
returns the version number that is currently provided, or an
empty string if no \fBpackage provide\fR command has been
invoked for \fIpackage\fR in this interpreter.  
.TP
\fBpackage require \fR\fIpackage \fR?\fIrequirement...\fR?
.
This command is typically invoked by Tcl code that wishes to use
a particular version of a particular package.  The arguments
indicate which package is wanted, and the command ensures that
a suitable version of the package is loaded into the interpreter.




|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH package n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
package \- Facilities for package loading and version control
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
It is typically invoked once as part of an \fBifneeded\fR script,
and again by the package itself when it is finally loaded.
An error occurs if a different version of \fIpackage\fR has been
provided by a previous \fBpackage provide\fR command.
If the \fIversion\fR argument is omitted, then the command
returns the version number that is currently provided, or an
empty string if no \fBpackage provide\fR command has been
invoked for \fIpackage\fR in this interpreter.
.TP
\fBpackage require \fR\fIpackage \fR?\fIrequirement...\fR?
.
This command is typically invoked by Tcl code that wishes to use
a particular version of a particular package.  The arguments
indicate which package is wanted, and the command ensures that
a suitable version of the package is loaded into the interpreter.

Changes to doc/pkgMkIndex.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
...
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH pkg_mkIndex n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
pkg_mkIndex \- Build an index for automatic loading of packages
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
with package information about all the files given by the \fIpattern\fR
arguments.
It does this by loading each file into a slave
interpreter and seeing what packages
and new commands appear (this is why it is essential to have
\fBpackage provide\fR commands or \fBTcl_PkgProvide\fR calls
in the files, as described above).
If you have a package split among scripts and binary files, 
or if you have dependencies among files,
you may have to use the \fB\-load\fR option
or adjust the order in which \fBpkg_mkIndex\fR processes
the files.  See \fBCOMPLEX CASES\fR below.
.RE
.IP [3]
Install the package as a subdirectory of one of the directories given by
................................................................................
the auto-loader for the last step in the loading process.
It is generally better to index a package with \fBpkg_mkIndex\fR
rather than \fBauto_mkindex\fR because the package mechanism provides
version control:  several versions of a package can be made available
in the index files, with different applications using different
versions based on \fBpackage require\fR commands.
In contrast, \fBauto_mkindex\fR does not understand versions so
it can only handle a single version of each package. 
It is probably not a good idea to index a given package with both
\fBpkg_mkIndex\fR and \fBauto_mkindex\fR.
If you use \fBpkg_mkIndex\fR to index a package, its commands cannot
be invoked until \fBpackage require\fR has been used to select a
version;  in contrast, packages indexed with \fBauto_mkindex\fR
can be used immediately since there is no version control.
.SH "HOW IT WORKS"




|







 







|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
...
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH pkg_mkIndex n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
pkg_mkIndex \- Build an index for automatic loading of packages
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
with package information about all the files given by the \fIpattern\fR
arguments.
It does this by loading each file into a slave
interpreter and seeing what packages
and new commands appear (this is why it is essential to have
\fBpackage provide\fR commands or \fBTcl_PkgProvide\fR calls
in the files, as described above).
If you have a package split among scripts and binary files,
or if you have dependencies among files,
you may have to use the \fB\-load\fR option
or adjust the order in which \fBpkg_mkIndex\fR processes
the files.  See \fBCOMPLEX CASES\fR below.
.RE
.IP [3]
Install the package as a subdirectory of one of the directories given by
................................................................................
the auto-loader for the last step in the loading process.
It is generally better to index a package with \fBpkg_mkIndex\fR
rather than \fBauto_mkindex\fR because the package mechanism provides
version control:  several versions of a package can be made available
in the index files, with different applications using different
versions based on \fBpackage require\fR commands.
In contrast, \fBauto_mkindex\fR does not understand versions so
it can only handle a single version of each package.
It is probably not a good idea to index a given package with both
\fBpkg_mkIndex\fR and \fBauto_mkindex\fR.
If you use \fBpkg_mkIndex\fR to index a package, its commands cannot
be invoked until \fBpackage require\fR has been used to select a
version;  in contrast, packages indexed with \fBauto_mkindex\fR
can be used immediately since there is no version control.
.SH "HOW IT WORKS"

Changes to doc/proc.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH proc n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
proc \- Create a Tcl procedure
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
the procedure is created in the specified namespace.
\fIArgs\fR specifies the formal arguments to the
procedure.  It consists of a list, possibly empty, each of whose
elements specifies
one argument.  Each argument specifier is also a list with either
one or two fields.  If there is only a single field in the specifier
then it is the name of the argument; if there are two fields, then
the first is the argument name and the second is its default value. 
Arguments with default values that are followed by non-defaulted
arguments become required arguments.  In 8.6 this will be considered an 
error. 
.PP
When \fIname\fR is invoked a local variable
will be created for each of the formal arguments to the procedure; its
value will be the value of corresponding argument in the invoking command
or the argument's default value.
Actual arguments are assigned to formal arguments strictly in order.
Arguments with default values need not be
specified in a procedure invocation.  However, there must be enough
actual arguments for all the
formal arguments that do not have defaults, and there must not be any extra
actual arguments.  
Arguments with default values that are followed by non-defaulted
arguments become required arguments (in 8.6 it will be considered an 
error).
There is one special case to permit procedures with
variable numbers of arguments.  If the last formal argument has the name
\fBargs\fR, then a call to the procedure may contain more actual arguments
than the procedure has formal arguments.  In this case, all of the actual arguments
starting at the one that would be assigned to \fBargs\fR are combined into
a list (as if the \fBlist\fR command had been used); this combined value
is assigned to the local variable \fBargs\fR.
.PP
When \fIbody\fR is being executed, variable names normally refer to
local variables, which are created automatically when referenced and
deleted when the procedure returns.  One local variable is automatically
created for each of the procedure's arguments.
Other variables can only be accessed by invoking one of the \fBglobal\fR, 
\fBvariable\fR, \fBupvar\fR or \fBnamespace upvar\fR commands.
The current namespace when \fIbody\fR is executed will be the
namespace that the procedure's name exists in, which will be the
namespace that it was created in unless it has been changed with
\fBrename\fR.
'\" We may change this! It makes [variable] unstable when renamed and is
'\" frankly pretty crazy, but doing it right is harder than it looks.





|







 







|

|
|










|

|













|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH proc n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
proc \- Create a Tcl procedure
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
the procedure is created in the specified namespace.
\fIArgs\fR specifies the formal arguments to the
procedure.  It consists of a list, possibly empty, each of whose
elements specifies
one argument.  Each argument specifier is also a list with either
one or two fields.  If there is only a single field in the specifier
then it is the name of the argument; if there are two fields, then
the first is the argument name and the second is its default value.
Arguments with default values that are followed by non-defaulted
arguments become required arguments.  In 8.6 this will be considered an
error.
.PP
When \fIname\fR is invoked a local variable
will be created for each of the formal arguments to the procedure; its
value will be the value of corresponding argument in the invoking command
or the argument's default value.
Actual arguments are assigned to formal arguments strictly in order.
Arguments with default values need not be
specified in a procedure invocation.  However, there must be enough
actual arguments for all the
formal arguments that do not have defaults, and there must not be any extra
actual arguments.
Arguments with default values that are followed by non-defaulted
arguments become required arguments (in 8.6 it will be considered an
error).
There is one special case to permit procedures with
variable numbers of arguments.  If the last formal argument has the name
\fBargs\fR, then a call to the procedure may contain more actual arguments
than the procedure has formal arguments.  In this case, all of the actual arguments
starting at the one that would be assigned to \fBargs\fR are combined into
a list (as if the \fBlist\fR command had been used); this combined value
is assigned to the local variable \fBargs\fR.
.PP
When \fIbody\fR is being executed, variable names normally refer to
local variables, which are created automatically when referenced and
deleted when the procedure returns.  One local variable is automatically
created for each of the procedure's arguments.
Other variables can only be accessed by invoking one of the \fBglobal\fR,
\fBvariable\fR, \fBupvar\fR or \fBnamespace upvar\fR commands.
The current namespace when \fIbody\fR is executed will be the
namespace that the procedure's name exists in, which will be the
namespace that it was created in unless it has been changed with
\fBrename\fR.
'\" We may change this! It makes [variable] unstable when renamed and is
'\" frankly pretty crazy, but doing it right is harder than it looks.

Changes to doc/read.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH read n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
read \- Read from a channel
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
'\" Note:  this advice actually applies to many versions of Tcl
.PP
For most applications a channel connected to a serial port should be
configured to be nonblocking: \fBfconfigure\fI channelId \fB\-blocking
\fI0\fR.  Then \fBread\fR behaves much like described above.  Care
must be taken when using \fBread\fR on blocking serial ports:
.TP
\fBread \fIchannelId numChars\fR 
.
In this form \fBread\fR blocks until \fInumChars\fR have been received
from the serial port.
.TP
\fBread \fIchannelId\fR 
.
In this form \fBread\fR blocks until the reception of the end-of-file
character, see \fBfconfigure\fR \fB\-eofchar\fR. If there no end-of-file
character has been configured for the channel, then \fBread\fR will
block forever.
.SH "EXAMPLE"
.PP





|







 







|




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH read n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
read \- Read from a channel
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
'\" Note:  this advice actually applies to many versions of Tcl
.PP
For most applications a channel connected to a serial port should be
configured to be nonblocking: \fBfconfigure\fI channelId \fB\-blocking
\fI0\fR.  Then \fBread\fR behaves much like described above.  Care
must be taken when using \fBread\fR on blocking serial ports:
.TP
\fBread \fIchannelId numChars\fR
.
In this form \fBread\fR blocks until \fInumChars\fR have been received
from the serial port.
.TP
\fBread \fIchannelId\fR
.
In this form \fBread\fR blocks until the reception of the end-of-file
character, see \fBfconfigure\fR \fB\-eofchar\fR. If there no end-of-file
character has been configured for the channel, then \fBread\fR will
block forever.
.SH "EXAMPLE"
.PP

Changes to doc/regexp.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
...
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH regexp n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
regexp \- Match a regular expression against a string
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
.
Enables use of the expanded regular expression syntax where
whitespace and comments are ignored.  This is the same as specifying
the \fB(?x)\fR embedded option (see the \fBre_syntax\fR manual page).
.TP 15
\fB\-indices\fR
.
Changes what is stored in the \fImatchVar\fR and \fIsubMatchVar\fRs. 
Instead of storing the matching characters from \fIstring\fR,
each variable
will contain a list of two decimal strings giving the indices
in \fIstring\fR of the first and last characters in the matching
range of characters.
.TP 15
\fB\-line\fR
................................................................................
      \fI\(-> in n li i ne e\fR
.CE
.RE
.TP 15
\fB\-start\fR \fIindex\fR
.
Specifies a character index offset into the string to start
matching the regular expression at.  
The \fIindex\fR value is interpreted in the same manner
as the \fIindex\fR argument to \fBstring index\fR.
When using this switch,
.QW ^
will not match the beginning of the line, and \eA will still
match the start of the string at \fIindex\fR.  If \fB\-indices\fR
is specified, the indices will be indexed starting from the




|







 







|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
...
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH regexp n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
regexp \- Match a regular expression against a string
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
.
Enables use of the expanded regular expression syntax where
whitespace and comments are ignored.  This is the same as specifying
the \fB(?x)\fR embedded option (see the \fBre_syntax\fR manual page).
.TP 15
\fB\-indices\fR
.
Changes what is stored in the \fImatchVar\fR and \fIsubMatchVar\fRs.
Instead of storing the matching characters from \fIstring\fR,
each variable
will contain a list of two decimal strings giving the indices
in \fIstring\fR of the first and last characters in the matching
range of characters.
.TP 15
\fB\-line\fR
................................................................................
      \fI\(-> in n li i ne e\fR
.CE
.RE
.TP 15
\fB\-start\fR \fIindex\fR
.
Specifies a character index offset into the string to start
matching the regular expression at.
The \fIindex\fR value is interpreted in the same manner
as the \fIindex\fR argument to \fBstring index\fR.
When using this switch,
.QW ^
will not match the beginning of the line, and \eA will still
match the start of the string at \fIindex\fR.  If \fB\-indices\fR
is specified, the indices will be indexed starting from the

Changes to doc/regsub.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
...
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Scriptics Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH regsub n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
regsub \- Perform substitutions based on regular expression pattern matching
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
Upper-case characters in \fIstring\fR will be converted to lower-case
before matching against \fIexp\fR;  however, substitutions specified
by \fIsubSpec\fR use the original unconverted form of \fIstring\fR.
.TP
\fB\-start\fR \fIindex\fR
.
Specifies a character index offset into the string to start
matching the regular expression at.  
The \fIindex\fR value is interpreted in the same manner
as the \fIindex\fR argument to \fBstring index\fR.
When using this switch,
.QW ^
will not match the beginning of the line, and \eA will still
match the start of the string at \fIindex\fR.
\fIindex\fR will be constrained to the bounds of the input string.






|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
...
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Scriptics Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH regsub n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
regsub \- Perform substitutions based on regular expression pattern matching
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
Upper-case characters in \fIstring\fR will be converted to lower-case
before matching against \fIexp\fR;  however, substitutions specified
by \fIsubSpec\fR use the original unconverted form of \fIstring\fR.
.TP
\fB\-start\fR \fIindex\fR
.
Specifies a character index offset into the string to start
matching the regular expression at.
The \fIindex\fR value is interpreted in the same manner
as the \fIindex\fR argument to \fBstring index\fR.
When using this switch,
.QW ^
will not match the beginning of the line, and \eA will still
match the start of the string at \fIindex\fR.
\fIindex\fR will be constrained to the bounds of the input string.

Changes to doc/return.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
...
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
...
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
...
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2003.  (not subject to US copyright)
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH return n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
return \- Return from a procedure, or set return code of a script
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
\fBreturn \fR?\fIoption value \fR...? ?\fIresult\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
In its simplest usage, the \fBreturn\fR command is used without options
in the body of a procedure to immediately return control to the caller
of the procedure.  If a \fIresult\fR argument is provided, its value
becomes the result of the procedure passed back to the caller.  
If \fIresult\fR is not specified then an empty string will be returned
to the caller as the result of the procedure.
.PP
The \fBreturn\fR command serves a similar function within script
files that are evaluated by the \fBsource\fR command.  When \fBsource\fR
evaluates the contents of a file as a script, an invocation of
the \fBreturn\fR command will cause script evaluation
................................................................................
.
The \fB\-errorcode\fR option receives special treatment only when the value
of the \fB\-code\fR option is \fBTCL_ERROR\fR.  Then the \fIlist\fR value
is meant to be additional information about the error,
presented as a Tcl list for further processing by programs.
If no \fB\-errorcode\fR option is provided to \fBreturn\fR when
the \fB\-code error\fR option is provided, Tcl will set the value
of the \fB\-errorcode\fR entry in the return options dictionary 
to the default value of \fBNONE\fR.  The \fB\-errorcode\fR return
option will also be stored in the global variable \fBerrorCode\fR.
.TP
\fB\-errorinfo \fIinfo\fR
.
The \fB\-errorinfo\fR option receives special treatment only when the value
of the \fB\-code\fR option is \fBTCL_ERROR\fR.  Then \fIinfo\fR is the initial
stack trace, meant to provide to a human reader additional information
about the context in which the error occurred.  The stack trace will
also be stored in the global variable \fBerrorInfo\fR.  
If no \fB\-errorinfo\fR option is provided to \fBreturn\fR when
the \fB\-code error\fR option is provided, Tcl will provide its own
initial stack trace value in the entry for \fB\-errorinfo\fR.  Tcl's
initial stack trace will include only the call to the procedure, and
stack unwinding will append information about higher stack levels, but
there will be no information about the context of the error within
the procedure.  Typically the \fIinfo\fR value is supplied from
................................................................................
loop.  If evaluation of the loop body returns the return code
of \fBTCL_BREAK\fR or \fBTCL_CONTINUE\fR, the loop command can react in such
a way as to give the \fBbreak\fR and \fBcontinue\fR commands
their documented interpretation in loops.
.PP
Procedure invocation also involves evaluation of a script, the body
of the procedure.  Procedure invocation provides special treatment
when evaluation of the procedure body returns the return code 
\fBTCL_RETURN\fR.  In that circumstance, the \fB\-level\fR entry in the
return options dictionary is decremented.  If after decrementing,
the value of the \fB\-level\fR entry is 0, then the value of
the \fB\-code\fR entry becomes the return code of the procedure.
If after decrementing, the value of the \fB\-level\fR entry is
greater than zero, then the return code of the procedure is
\fBTCL_RETURN\fR.  If the procedure invocation occurred during the
................................................................................
.PP
First, a simple example of using \fBreturn\fR to return from a
procedure, interrupting the procedure body.
.PP
.CS
proc printOneLine {} {
    puts "line 1"    ;# This line will be printed.
    \fBreturn\fR		
    puts "line 2"    ;# This line will not be printed.
}
.CE
.PP
Next, an example of using \fBreturn\fR to set the value
returned by the procedure.
.PP






|







 







|







 







|









|







 







|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
...
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
...
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
...
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2003.  (not subject to US copyright)
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH return n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
return \- Return from a procedure, or set return code of a script
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
\fBreturn \fR?\fIoption value \fR...? ?\fIresult\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
In its simplest usage, the \fBreturn\fR command is used without options
in the body of a procedure to immediately return control to the caller
of the procedure.  If a \fIresult\fR argument is provided, its value
becomes the result of the procedure passed back to the caller.
If \fIresult\fR is not specified then an empty string will be returned
to the caller as the result of the procedure.
.PP
The \fBreturn\fR command serves a similar function within script
files that are evaluated by the \fBsource\fR command.  When \fBsource\fR
evaluates the contents of a file as a script, an invocation of
the \fBreturn\fR command will cause script evaluation
................................................................................
.
The \fB\-errorcode\fR option receives special treatment only when the value
of the \fB\-code\fR option is \fBTCL_ERROR\fR.  Then the \fIlist\fR value
is meant to be additional information about the error,
presented as a Tcl list for further processing by programs.
If no \fB\-errorcode\fR option is provided to \fBreturn\fR when
the \fB\-code error\fR option is provided, Tcl will set the value
of the \fB\-errorcode\fR entry in the return options dictionary
to the default value of \fBNONE\fR.  The \fB\-errorcode\fR return
option will also be stored in the global variable \fBerrorCode\fR.
.TP
\fB\-errorinfo \fIinfo\fR
.
The \fB\-errorinfo\fR option receives special treatment only when the value
of the \fB\-code\fR option is \fBTCL_ERROR\fR.  Then \fIinfo\fR is the initial
stack trace, meant to provide to a human reader additional information
about the context in which the error occurred.  The stack trace will
also be stored in the global variable \fBerrorInfo\fR.
If no \fB\-errorinfo\fR option is provided to \fBreturn\fR when
the \fB\-code error\fR option is provided, Tcl will provide its own
initial stack trace value in the entry for \fB\-errorinfo\fR.  Tcl's
initial stack trace will include only the call to the procedure, and
stack unwinding will append information about higher stack levels, but
there will be no information about the context of the error within
the procedure.  Typically the \fIinfo\fR value is supplied from
................................................................................
loop.  If evaluation of the loop body returns the return code
of \fBTCL_BREAK\fR or \fBTCL_CONTINUE\fR, the loop command can react in such
a way as to give the \fBbreak\fR and \fBcontinue\fR commands
their documented interpretation in loops.
.PP
Procedure invocation also involves evaluation of a script, the body
of the procedure.  Procedure invocation provides special treatment
when evaluation of the procedure body returns the return code
\fBTCL_RETURN\fR.  In that circumstance, the \fB\-level\fR entry in the
return options dictionary is decremented.  If after decrementing,
the value of the \fB\-level\fR entry is 0, then the value of
the \fB\-code\fR entry becomes the return code of the procedure.
If after decrementing, the value of the \fB\-level\fR entry is
greater than zero, then the return code of the procedure is
\fBTCL_RETURN\fR.  If the procedure invocation occurred during the
................................................................................
.PP
First, a simple example of using \fBreturn\fR to return from a
procedure, interrupting the procedure body.
.PP
.CS
proc printOneLine {} {
    puts "line 1"    ;# This line will be printed.
    \fBreturn\fR
    puts "line 2"    ;# This line will not be printed.
}
.CE
.PP
Next, an example of using \fBreturn\fR to set the value
returned by the procedure.
.PP

Changes to doc/safe.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
..
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
...
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
...
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
...
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
...
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH "Safe Tcl" n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
safe \- Creating and manipulating safe interpreters
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
\fBload\fR, \fBfile\fR, \fBencoding\fR, and \fBexit\fR commands and
are able to use the auto-loading and package mechanisms.
.PP
No knowledge of the file system structure is leaked to the
safe interpreter, because it has access only to a virtualized path
containing tokens. When the safe interpreter requests to source a file, it
uses the token in the virtual path as part of the file name to source; the
master interpreter transparently 
translates the token into a real directory name and executes the 
requested operation (see the section \fBSECURITY\fR below for details).
Different levels of security can be selected by using the optional flags
of the commands described below.
.PP
All commands provided in the master interpreter by Safe Tcl reside in
the \fBsafe\fR namespace.
.SH COMMANDS
................................................................................
This command is similar to \fBinterpCreate\fR except it that does not
create the safe interpreter. \fIslave\fR must have been created by some
other means, like \fBinterp create\fR \fB\-safe\fR.
.TP
\fB::safe::interpConfigure\fR \fIslave\fR ?\fIoptions...\fR?
If no \fIoptions\fR are given, returns the settings for all options for the
named safe interpreter as a list of options and their current values
for that \fIslave\fR. 
If a single additional argument is provided,
it will return a list of 2 elements \fIname\fR and \fIvalue\fR where
\fIname\fR is the full name of that option and \fIvalue\fR the current value
for that option and the \fIslave\fR.
If more than two additional arguments are provided, it will reconfigure the
safe interpreter and change each and only the provided options.
See the section on \fBOPTIONS\fR below for options description.
................................................................................
# Change (only) the statics loading ok attribute of an
# interp and its deleteHook (leaving the rest unchanged):
safe::interpConfigure $i0  \-delete {foo bar} \-statics 0
.CE
.RE
.TP
\fB::safe::interpDelete\fR \fIslave\fR
Deletes the safe interpreter and cleans up the corresponding  
master interpreter data structures.
If a \fIdeleteHook\fR script was specified for this interpreter it is
evaluated before the interpreter is deleted, with the name of the
interpreter as an additional argument.
.TP
\fB::safe::interpFindInAccessPath\fR \fIslave\fR \fIdirectory\fR
This command finds and returns the token for the real directory
................................................................................
NOTICE for slave interp10 : Created
NOTICE for slave interp10 : Setting accessPath=(/foo/bar) staticsok=1 nestedok=0 deletehook=()
NOTICE for slave interp10 : auto_path in interp10 has been set to {$p(:0:)}
ERROR for slave interp10 : /foo/bar/init.tcl: no such file or directory
.CE
.RE
.SS OPTIONS
The following options are common to 
\fB::safe::interpCreate\fR, \fB::safe::interpInit\fR, 
and \fB::safe::interpConfigure\fR.
Any option name can be abbreviated to its minimal 
non-ambiguous name.
Option names are not case sensitive.
.TP 
\fB\-accessPath\fR \fIdirectoryList\fR
This option sets the list of directories from which the safe interpreter
can \fBsource\fR and \fBload\fR files.
If this option is not specified, or if it is given as the
empty list, the safe interpreter will use the same directories as its
master for auto-loading.
See the section \fBSECURITY\fR below for more detail about virtual paths, 
tokens and access control.
.TP
\fB\-statics\fR \fIboolean\fR
This option specifies if the safe interpreter will be allowed
to load statically linked packages (like \fBload {} Tk\fR).
The default value is \fBtrue\fR : 
safe interpreters are allowed to load statically linked packages.
.TP
\fB\-noStatics\fR
This option is a convenience shortcut for \fB\-statics false\fR and
thus specifies that the safe interpreter will not be allowed
to load statically linked packages.
.TP
\fB\-nested\fR \fIboolean\fR
This option specifies if the safe interpreter will be allowed
to load packages into its own sub-interpreters.
The default value is \fBfalse\fR : 
safe interpreters are not allowed to load packages into
their own sub-interpreters.
.TP
\fB\-nestedLoadOk\fR
This option is a convenience shortcut for \fB\-nested true\fR and
thus specifies the safe interpreter will be allowed
to load packages into its own sub-interpreters.
.TP 
\fB\-deleteHook\fR \fIscript\fR
When this option is given a non-empty \fIscript\fR, it will be
evaluated in the master with the name of
the safe interpreter as an additional argument
just before actually deleting the safe interpreter.
Giving an empty value removes any currently installed deletion hook
script for that safe interpreter.
................................................................................
interpreter use tokens instead of the real directory names.
These tokens are translated to the real directory name while a request to,
e.g., source a file is mediated by the master interpreter.
This virtual path system is maintained in the master interpreter for each safe
interpreter created by \fB::safe::interpCreate\fR or initialized by
\fB::safe::interpInit\fR and
the path maps tokens accessible in the safe interpreter into real path
names on the local file system thus preventing safe interpreters 
from gaining knowledge about the
structure of the file system of the host on which the interpreter is
executing.
The only valid file names arguments
for the \fBsource\fR and \fBload\fR aliases provided to the slave
are path in the form of 
\fB[file join \fItoken filename\fB]\fR (i.e. when using the
native file path formats: \fItoken\fB/\fIfilename\fR
on Unix and \fItoken\fB\e\fIfilename\fR on Windows),
where \fItoken\fR is representing one of the directories 
of the \fIaccessPath\fR list and \fIfilename\fR is
one file in that directory (no sub directories access are allowed).
.PP
When a token is used in a safe interpreter in a request to source or
load a file, the token is checked and
translated to a real path name and the file to be
sourced or loaded is located on the file system.
................................................................................
.PQ \fBtclIndex\fR .
.PP
Each element of the initial access path
list will be assigned a token that will be set in
the slave \fBauto_path\fR and the first element of that list will be set as
the \fBtcl_library\fR for that slave.
.PP
If the access path argument is not given or is the empty list, 
the default behavior is to let the slave access the same packages
as the master has access to (Or to be more precise: 
only packages written in Tcl (which by definition cannot be dangerous
as they run in the slave interpreter) and C extensions that
provides a _SafeInit entry point). For that purpose, the master's 
\fBauto_path\fR will be used to construct the slave access path. 
In order that the slave successfully loads the Tcl library files
(which includes the auto-loading mechanism itself) the \fBtcl_library\fR will be
added or moved to the first position if necessary, in the 
slave access path, so the slave
\fBtcl_library\fR will be the same as the master's (its real
path will still be invisible to the slave though). 
In order that auto-loading works the same for the slave and
the master in this by default case, the first-level
sub directories of each directory in the master \fBauto_path\fR will
also be added (if not already included) to the slave access path.
You can always specify a more
restrictive path for which sub directories will never be searched by 
explicitly specifying your directory list with the \fB\-accessPath\fR flag
instead of relying on this default mechanism.
.PP
When the \fIaccessPath\fR is changed after the first creation or
initialization (i.e. through \fBinterpConfigure -accessPath \fR\fIlist\fR),
an \fBauto_reset\fR is automatically evaluated in the safe interpreter
to synchronize its \fBauto_index\fR with the new token list.




|







 







|
|







 







|







 







|







 







|
|

|


|






|





|










|







|







 







|





|



|







 







|

|


|
|


|


|





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
..
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
...
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
...
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
...
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
...
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH "Safe Tcl" n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
safe \- Creating and manipulating safe interpreters
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
\fBload\fR, \fBfile\fR, \fBencoding\fR, and \fBexit\fR commands and
are able to use the auto-loading and package mechanisms.
.PP
No knowledge of the file system structure is leaked to the
safe interpreter, because it has access only to a virtualized path
containing tokens. When the safe interpreter requests to source a file, it
uses the token in the virtual path as part of the file name to source; the
master interpreter transparently
translates the token into a real directory name and executes the
requested operation (see the section \fBSECURITY\fR below for details).
Different levels of security can be selected by using the optional flags
of the commands described below.
.PP
All commands provided in the master interpreter by Safe Tcl reside in
the \fBsafe\fR namespace.
.SH COMMANDS
................................................................................
This command is similar to \fBinterpCreate\fR except it that does not
create the safe interpreter. \fIslave\fR must have been created by some
other means, like \fBinterp create\fR \fB\-safe\fR.
.TP
\fB::safe::interpConfigure\fR \fIslave\fR ?\fIoptions...\fR?
If no \fIoptions\fR are given, returns the settings for all options for the
named safe interpreter as a list of options and their current values
for that \fIslave\fR.
If a single additional argument is provided,
it will return a list of 2 elements \fIname\fR and \fIvalue\fR where
\fIname\fR is the full name of that option and \fIvalue\fR the current value
for that option and the \fIslave\fR.
If more than two additional arguments are provided, it will reconfigure the
safe interpreter and change each and only the provided options.
See the section on \fBOPTIONS\fR below for options description.
................................................................................
# Change (only) the statics loading ok attribute of an
# interp and its deleteHook (leaving the rest unchanged):
safe::interpConfigure $i0  \-delete {foo bar} \-statics 0
.CE
.RE
.TP
\fB::safe::interpDelete\fR \fIslave\fR
Deletes the safe interpreter and cleans up the corresponding
master interpreter data structures.
If a \fIdeleteHook\fR script was specified for this interpreter it is
evaluated before the interpreter is deleted, with the name of the
interpreter as an additional argument.
.TP
\fB::safe::interpFindInAccessPath\fR \fIslave\fR \fIdirectory\fR
This command finds and returns the token for the real directory
................................................................................
NOTICE for slave interp10 : Created
NOTICE for slave interp10 : Setting accessPath=(/foo/bar) staticsok=1 nestedok=0 deletehook=()
NOTICE for slave interp10 : auto_path in interp10 has been set to {$p(:0:)}
ERROR for slave interp10 : /foo/bar/init.tcl: no such file or directory
.CE
.RE
.SS OPTIONS
The following options are common to
\fB::safe::interpCreate\fR, \fB::safe::interpInit\fR,
and \fB::safe::interpConfigure\fR.
Any option name can be abbreviated to its minimal
non-ambiguous name.
Option names are not case sensitive.
.TP
\fB\-accessPath\fR \fIdirectoryList\fR
This option sets the list of directories from which the safe interpreter
can \fBsource\fR and \fBload\fR files.
If this option is not specified, or if it is given as the
empty list, the safe interpreter will use the same directories as its
master for auto-loading.
See the section \fBSECURITY\fR below for more detail about virtual paths,
tokens and access control.
.TP
\fB\-statics\fR \fIboolean\fR
This option specifies if the safe interpreter will be allowed
to load statically linked packages (like \fBload {} Tk\fR).
The default value is \fBtrue\fR :
safe interpreters are allowed to load statically linked packages.
.TP
\fB\-noStatics\fR
This option is a convenience shortcut for \fB\-statics false\fR and
thus specifies that the safe interpreter will not be allowed
to load statically linked packages.
.TP
\fB\-nested\fR \fIboolean\fR
This option specifies if the safe interpreter will be allowed
to load packages into its own sub-interpreters.
The default value is \fBfalse\fR :
safe interpreters are not allowed to load packages into
their own sub-interpreters.
.TP
\fB\-nestedLoadOk\fR
This option is a convenience shortcut for \fB\-nested true\fR and
thus specifies the safe interpreter will be allowed
to load packages into its own sub-interpreters.
.TP
\fB\-deleteHook\fR \fIscript\fR
When this option is given a non-empty \fIscript\fR, it will be
evaluated in the master with the name of
the safe interpreter as an additional argument
just before actually deleting the safe interpreter.
Giving an empty value removes any currently installed deletion hook
script for that safe interpreter.
................................................................................
interpreter use tokens instead of the real directory names.
These tokens are translated to the real directory name while a request to,
e.g., source a file is mediated by the master interpreter.
This virtual path system is maintained in the master interpreter for each safe
interpreter created by \fB::safe::interpCreate\fR or initialized by
\fB::safe::interpInit\fR and
the path maps tokens accessible in the safe interpreter into real path
names on the local file system thus preventing safe interpreters
from gaining knowledge about the
structure of the file system of the host on which the interpreter is
executing.
The only valid file names arguments
for the \fBsource\fR and \fBload\fR aliases provided to the slave
are path in the form of
\fB[file join \fItoken filename\fB]\fR (i.e. when using the
native file path formats: \fItoken\fB/\fIfilename\fR
on Unix and \fItoken\fB\e\fIfilename\fR on Windows),
where \fItoken\fR is representing one of the directories
of the \fIaccessPath\fR list and \fIfilename\fR is
one file in that directory (no sub directories access are allowed).
.PP
When a token is used in a safe interpreter in a request to source or
load a file, the token is checked and
translated to a real path name and the file to be
sourced or loaded is located on the file system.
................................................................................
.PQ \fBtclIndex\fR .
.PP
Each element of the initial access path
list will be assigned a token that will be set in
the slave \fBauto_path\fR and the first element of that list will be set as
the \fBtcl_library\fR for that slave.
.PP
If the access path argument is not given or is the empty list,
the default behavior is to let the slave access the same packages
as the master has access to (Or to be more precise:
only packages written in Tcl (which by definition cannot be dangerous
as they run in the slave interpreter) and C extensions that
provides a _SafeInit entry point). For that purpose, the master's
\fBauto_path\fR will be used to construct the slave access path.
In order that the slave successfully loads the Tcl library files
(which includes the auto-loading mechanism itself) the \fBtcl_library\fR will be
added or moved to the first position if necessary, in the
slave access path, so the slave
\fBtcl_library\fR will be the same as the master's (its real
path will still be invisible to the slave though).
In order that auto-loading works the same for the slave and
the master in this by default case, the first-level
sub directories of each directory in the master \fBauto_path\fR will
also be added (if not already included) to the slave access path.
You can always specify a more
restrictive path for which sub directories will never be searched by
explicitly specifying your directory list with the \fB\-accessPath\fR flag
instead of relying on this default mechanism.
.PP
When the \fIaccessPath\fR is changed after the first creation or
initialization (i.e. through \fBinterpConfigure -accessPath \fR\fIlist\fR),
an \fBauto_reset\fR is automatically evaluated in the safe interpreter
to synchronize its \fBauto_index\fR with the new token list.

Changes to doc/scan.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
..
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
..
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
...
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
...
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
...
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Scriptics Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH scan n 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
scan \- Parse string using conversion specifiers in the style of sscanf
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
performed.
.SH "DETAILS ON SCANNING"
.PP
\fBScan\fR operates by scanning \fIstring\fR and \fIformat\fR together.
If the next character in \fIformat\fR is a blank or tab then it
matches any number of white space characters in \fIstring\fR (including
zero).
Otherwise, if it is not a \fB%\fR character then it 
must match the next character of \fIstring\fR.
When a \fB%\fR is encountered in \fIformat\fR, it indicates
the start of a conversion specifier.
A conversion specifier contains up to four fields after the \fB%\fR:
a XPG3 position specifier (or a \fB*\fR to indicate the converted
value is to be discarded instead of assigned to any variable); a number
indicating a maximum substring width; a size modifier; and a
................................................................................
conversion character.
All of these fields are optional except for the conversion character.
The fields that are present must appear in the order given above.
.PP
When \fBscan\fR finds a conversion specifier in \fIformat\fR, it
first skips any white-space characters in \fIstring\fR (unless the
conversion character is \fB[\fR or \fBc\fR).
Then it converts the next input characters according to the 
conversion specifier and stores the result in the variable given
by the next argument to \fBscan\fR.
.SS "OPTIONAL POSITIONAL SPECIFIER"
.PP
If the \fB%\fR is followed by a decimal number and a \fB$\fR, as in
.QW \fB%2$d\fR ,
then the variable to use is not taken from the next
................................................................................
.
The input substring must be a decimal integer.
It is read in and the integer value is stored in the variable,
truncated as required by the size modifier value.
.TP
\fBo\fR
.
The input substring must be an octal integer. It is read in and the 
integer value is stored in the variable,
truncated as required by the size modifier value.
.TP
\fBx\fR or \fBX\fR
.
The input substring must be a hexadecimal integer.
It is read in and the integer value is stored in the variable,
................................................................................
The input substring must be an integer.  The base (i.e. decimal, binary,
octal, or hexadecimal) is determined in the same fashion as described in
\fBexpr\fR.  The integer value is stored in the variable,
truncated as required by the size modifier value.
.TP
\fBc\fR
.
A single character is read in and its Unicode value is stored in 
the variable as an integer value.
Initial white space is not skipped in this case, so the input
substring may be a white-space character.
.TP
\fBs\fR
.
The input substring consists of all the characters up to the next 
white-space character; the characters are copied to the variable.
.TP
\fBe\fR or \fBf\fR or \fBg\fR or \fBE\fR or \fBG\fR
.
The input substring must be a floating-point number consisting 
of an optional sign, a string of decimal digits possibly
containing a decimal point, and an optional exponent consisting 
of an \fBe\fR or \fBE\fR followed by an optional sign and a string of 
decimal digits.
It is read in and stored in the variable as a floating-point value.
.TP
\fB[\fIchars\fB]\fR
.
The input substring consists of one or more characters in \fIchars\fR.
The matching string is stored in the variable.
................................................................................
If the first or last character between the brackets is a \fB\-\fR, then
it is treated as part of \fIchars\fR rather than indicating a range.
.TP
\fB[^\fIchars\fB]\fR
.
The input substring consists of one or more characters not in \fIchars\fR.
The matching string is stored in the variable.
If the character immediately following the \fB^\fR is a \fB]\fR then it is 
treated as part of the set rather than the closing bracket for 
the set.
If \fIchars\fR
contains a sequence of the form \fIa\fB\-\fIb\fR then any
character between \fIa\fR and \fIb\fR (inclusive) will be excluded
from the set.
If the first or last character between the brackets is a \fB\-\fR, then
it is treated as part of \fIchars\fR rather than indicating a range value.
................................................................................
\fBn\fR
.
No input is consumed from the input string.  Instead, the total number
of characters scanned from the input string so far is stored in the variable.
.PP
The number of characters read from the input for a conversion is the
largest number that makes sense for that particular conversion (e.g.
as many decimal digits as possible for \fB%d\fR, as 
many octal digits as possible for \fB%o\fR, and so on).
The input substring for a given conversion terminates either when a
white-space character is encountered or when the maximum substring 
width has been reached, whichever comes first.
If a \fB*\fR is present in the conversion specifier 
then no variable is assigned and the next scan argument is not consumed.
.SH "DIFFERENCES FROM ANSI SSCANF"
.PP
The behavior of the \fBscan\fR command is the same as the behavior of
the ANSI C \fBsscanf\fR procedure except for the following differences:
.IP [1]
\fB%p\fR conversion specifier is not supported.






|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|






|




|

|
|







 







|
|







 







|


|

|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
..
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
..
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
...
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
...
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
...
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Scriptics Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH scan n 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
scan \- Parse string using conversion specifiers in the style of sscanf
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
performed.
.SH "DETAILS ON SCANNING"
.PP
\fBScan\fR operates by scanning \fIstring\fR and \fIformat\fR together.
If the next character in \fIformat\fR is a blank or tab then it
matches any number of white space characters in \fIstring\fR (including
zero).
Otherwise, if it is not a \fB%\fR character then it
must match the next character of \fIstring\fR.
When a \fB%\fR is encountered in \fIformat\fR, it indicates
the start of a conversion specifier.
A conversion specifier contains up to four fields after the \fB%\fR:
a XPG3 position specifier (or a \fB*\fR to indicate the converted
value is to be discarded instead of assigned to any variable); a number
indicating a maximum substring width; a size modifier; and a
................................................................................
conversion character.
All of these fields are optional except for the conversion character.
The fields that are present must appear in the order given above.
.PP
When \fBscan\fR finds a conversion specifier in \fIformat\fR, it
first skips any white-space characters in \fIstring\fR (unless the
conversion character is \fB[\fR or \fBc\fR).
Then it converts the next input characters according to the
conversion specifier and stores the result in the variable given
by the next argument to \fBscan\fR.
.SS "OPTIONAL POSITIONAL SPECIFIER"
.PP
If the \fB%\fR is followed by a decimal number and a \fB$\fR, as in
.QW \fB%2$d\fR ,
then the variable to use is not taken from the next
................................................................................
.
The input substring must be a decimal integer.
It is read in and the integer value is stored in the variable,
truncated as required by the size modifier value.
.TP
\fBo\fR
.
The input substring must be an octal integer. It is read in and the
integer value is stored in the variable,
truncated as required by the size modifier value.
.TP
\fBx\fR or \fBX\fR
.
The input substring must be a hexadecimal integer.
It is read in and the integer value is stored in the variable,
................................................................................
The input substring must be an integer.  The base (i.e. decimal, binary,
octal, or hexadecimal) is determined in the same fashion as described in
\fBexpr\fR.  The integer value is stored in the variable,
truncated as required by the size modifier value.
.TP
\fBc\fR
.
A single character is read in and its Unicode value is stored in
the variable as an integer value.
Initial white space is not skipped in this case, so the input
substring may be a white-space character.
.TP
\fBs\fR
.
The input substring consists of all the characters up to the next
white-space character; the characters are copied to the variable.
.TP
\fBe\fR or \fBf\fR or \fBg\fR or \fBE\fR or \fBG\fR
.
The input substring must be a floating-point number consisting
of an optional sign, a string of decimal digits possibly
containing a decimal point, and an optional exponent consisting
of an \fBe\fR or \fBE\fR followed by an optional sign and a string of
decimal digits.
It is read in and stored in the variable as a floating-point value.
.TP
\fB[\fIchars\fB]\fR
.
The input substring consists of one or more characters in \fIchars\fR.
The matching string is stored in the variable.
................................................................................
If the first or last character between the brackets is a \fB\-\fR, then
it is treated as part of \fIchars\fR rather than indicating a range.
.TP
\fB[^\fIchars\fB]\fR
.
The input substring consists of one or more characters not in \fIchars\fR.
The matching string is stored in the variable.
If the character immediately following the \fB^\fR is a \fB]\fR then it is
treated as part of the set rather than the closing bracket for
the set.
If \fIchars\fR
contains a sequence of the form \fIa\fB\-\fIb\fR then any
character between \fIa\fR and \fIb\fR (inclusive) will be excluded
from the set.
If the first or last character between the brackets is a \fB\-\fR, then
it is treated as part of \fIchars\fR rather than indicating a range value.
................................................................................
\fBn\fR
.
No input is consumed from the input string.  Instead, the total number
of characters scanned from the input string so far is stored in the variable.
.PP
The number of characters read from the input for a conversion is the
largest number that makes sense for that particular conversion (e.g.
as many decimal digits as possible for \fB%d\fR, as
many octal digits as possible for \fB%o\fR, and so on).
The input substring for a given conversion terminates either when a
white-space character is encountered or when the maximum substring
width has been reached, whichever comes first.
If a \fB*\fR is present in the conversion specifier
then no variable is assigned and the next scan argument is not consumed.
.SH "DIFFERENCES FROM ANSI SSCANF"
.PP
The behavior of the \fBscan\fR command is the same as the behavior of
the ANSI C \fBsscanf\fR procedure except for the following differences:
.IP [1]
\fB%p\fR conversion specifier is not supported.

Changes to doc/set.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH set n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
set \- Read and write variables
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
before the first open parenthesis are the name of the array,
and the characters between the parentheses are the index within the array.
Otherwise \fIvarName\fR refers to a scalar variable.
.PP
If \fIvarName\fR includes namespace qualifiers
(in the array name if it refers to an array element), or if \fIvarName\fR
is unqualified (does not include the names of any containing namespaces)
but no procedure is active, 
\fIvarName\fR refers to a namespace variable
resolved according to the rules described under \fBNAME RESOLUTION\fR in
the \fBnamespace\fR manual page.
.PP
If a procedure is active and \fIvarName\fR is unqualified, then
\fIvarName\fR refers to a parameter or local variable of the procedure,
unless \fIvarName\fR was declared to resolve differently through one of the 
\fBglobal\fR, \fBvariable\fR or \fBupvar\fR commands.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
Store a random number in the variable \fIr\fR:
.PP
.CS
\fBset\fR r [expr {rand()}]





|







 







|






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH set n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
set \- Read and write variables
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
before the first open parenthesis are the name of the array,
and the characters between the parentheses are the index within the array.
Otherwise \fIvarName\fR refers to a scalar variable.
.PP
If \fIvarName\fR includes namespace qualifiers
(in the array name if it refers to an array element), or if \fIvarName\fR
is unqualified (does not include the names of any containing namespaces)
but no procedure is active,
\fIvarName\fR refers to a namespace variable
resolved according to the rules described under \fBNAME RESOLUTION\fR in
the \fBnamespace\fR manual page.
.PP
If a procedure is active and \fIvarName\fR is unqualified, then
\fIvarName\fR refers to a parameter or local variable of the procedure,
unless \fIvarName\fR was declared to resolve differently through one of the
\fBglobal\fR, \fBvariable\fR or \fBupvar\fR commands.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
Store a random number in the variable \fIr\fR:
.PP
.CS
\fBset\fR r [expr {rand()}]

Changes to doc/socket.n.

94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
is in progress, because it may have to do several connection attempts
in the background. Running the event loop also allows you to set up a
writable channel event on the socket to get notified when the
asynchronous connection has succeeded or failed. See the \fBvwait\fR
and the \fBchan\fR commands for more details on the event loop and
channel events.
.PP
The \fBchan configure\fR option \fB-connecting\fR may be used to check if the connect is still running. To verify a successful connect, the option \fB-error\fR may be checked when \fB-connecting\fR returned 0. 
.PP
Operation without the event queue requires at the moment calls to \fBchan configure\fR to advance the internal state machine. 
.RE
.SH "SERVER SOCKETS"
.PP
If the \fB\-server\fR option is specified then the new socket will be
a server that listens on the given \fIport\fR (either an integer or a
service name, where supported and understood by the host operating
system; if \fIport\fR is zero, the operating system will allocate a






|

|







94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
is in progress, because it may have to do several connection attempts
in the background. Running the event loop also allows you to set up a
writable channel event on the socket to get notified when the
asynchronous connection has succeeded or failed. See the \fBvwait\fR
and the \fBchan\fR commands for more details on the event loop and
channel events.
.PP
The \fBchan configure\fR option \fB-connecting\fR may be used to check if the connect is still running. To verify a successful connect, the option \fB-error\fR may be checked when \fB-connecting\fR returned 0.
.PP
Operation without the event queue requires at the moment calls to \fBchan configure\fR to advance the internal state machine.
.RE
.SH "SERVER SOCKETS"
.PP
If the \fB\-server\fR option is specified then the new socket will be
a server that listens on the given \fIport\fR (either an integer or a
service name, where supported and understood by the host operating
system; if \fIport\fR is zero, the operating system will allocate a

Changes to doc/string.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
...
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
.\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
.\"
.\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
.\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
.\" 
.TH string n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
.\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
string \- Manipulate strings
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
The last char of the string plus the specified integer offset \fIN\fR (e.g.,
.QW \fBend+\-1\fR
would refer to the
.QW c
in
.QW abcd ).
.IP \fIM\fB+\fIN\fR 10
The char specified at the integral index that is the sum of 
integer values \fIM\fR and \fIN\fR (e.g.,
.QW \fB1+1\fR
would refer to the
.QW c
in
.QW abcd ).
.IP \fIM\fB\-\fIN\fR 10
The char specified at the integral index that is the difference of 
integer values \fIM\fR and \fIN\fR (e.g.,
.QW \fB2\-1\fR
would refer to the
.QW b
in
.QW abcd ).
.PP





|







 







|







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
...
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
.\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
.\"
.\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
.\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
.\"
.TH string n 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
.\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
string \- Manipulate strings
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
The last char of the string plus the specified integer offset \fIN\fR (e.g.,
.QW \fBend+\-1\fR
would refer to the
.QW c
in
.QW abcd ).
.IP \fIM\fB+\fIN\fR 10
The char specified at the integral index that is the sum of
integer values \fIM\fR and \fIN\fR (e.g.,
.QW \fB1+1\fR
would refer to the
.QW c
in
.QW abcd ).
.IP \fIM\fB\-\fIN\fR 10
The char specified at the integral index that is the difference of
integer values \fIM\fR and \fIN\fR (e.g.,
.QW \fB2\-1\fR
would refer to the
.QW b
in
.QW abcd ).
.PP

Changes to doc/subst.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH subst n 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
subst \- Perform backslash, command, and variable substitutions
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
If any of the \fB\-nobackslashes\fR, \fB\-nocommands\fR, or
\fB\-novariables\fR are specified, then the corresponding substitutions
are not performed.
For example, if \fB\-nocommands\fR is specified, command substitution
is not performed:  open and close brackets are treated as ordinary characters
with no special interpretation.
.PP
Note that the substitution of one kind can include substitution of 
other kinds.  For example, even when the \fB\-novariables\fR option
is specified, command substitution is performed without restriction.
This means that any variable substitution necessary to complete the
command substitution will still take place.  Likewise, any command
substitution necessary to complete a variable substitution will
take place, even when \fB\-nocommands\fR is specified.  See the
\fBEXAMPLES\fR below.






|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
..
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2001 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH subst n 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
subst \- Perform backslash, command, and variable substitutions
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
If any of the \fB\-nobackslashes\fR, \fB\-nocommands\fR, or
\fB\-novariables\fR are specified, then the corresponding substitutions
are not performed.
For example, if \fB\-nocommands\fR is specified, command substitution
is not performed:  open and close brackets are treated as ordinary characters
with no special interpretation.
.PP
Note that the substitution of one kind can include substitution of
other kinds.  For example, even when the \fB\-novariables\fR option
is specified, command substitution is performed without restriction.
This means that any variable substitution necessary to complete the
command substitution will still take place.  Likewise, any command
substitution necessary to complete a variable substitution will
take place, even when \fB\-nocommands\fR is specified.  See the
\fBEXAMPLES\fR below.

Changes to doc/tcltest.n.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
...
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
...
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
...
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
...
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
...
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
...
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
...
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
...
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
...
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
...
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
....
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
....
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
....
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions
'\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2002. (not subject to US copyright)
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH "tcltest" n 2.3 tcltest "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tcltest \- Test harness support code and utilities
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
take their default values.  When \fIconstraints\fR is omitted, this
form of \fBtest\fR can be distinguished from the first because
all \fIoption\fRs begin with
.QW \- .
.TP
\fBloadTestedCommands\fR
.
Evaluates in the caller's context the script specified by 
\fBconfigure \-load\fR or \fBconfigure \-loadfile\fR.
Returns the result of that script evaluation, including any error
raised by the script.  Use this command and the related
configuration options to provide the commands to be tested to
the interpreter running the test suite.
.TP
\fBmakeFile\fR \fIcontents name\fR ?\fIdirectory\fR?
................................................................................
.PP
The \fIdescription\fR should be a short textual description of the
test.  The \fIdescription\fR is included in output produced by the
test, typically test failure messages.  Good \fIdescription\fR values
should briefly explain the purpose of the test to users of a test suite.
The name of a Tcl or C function being tested should be included in the
description for regression tests.  If the test case exists to reproduce
a bug, include the bug ID in the description. 
.PP
Valid attributes and associated values are:
.TP
\fB\-constraints \fIkeywordList\fR|\fIexpression\fR
.
The optional \fB\-constraints\fR attribute can be list of one or more
keywords or an expression.  If the \fB\-constraints\fR value is a list of
................................................................................
\fBconfigure \-limitconstraints\fR, and is not recommended.
Appropriate constraints should be added to any tests that should
not always be run.  That is, conditional evaluation of a test
should be accomplished by the \fB\-constraints\fR option, not by
conditional evaluation of \fBtest\fR.  In that way, the same
number of tests are always reported by the test suite, though
the number skipped may change based on the testing environment.
The default value is an empty list.  
See \fBTEST CONSTRAINTS\fR below for a list of built-in constraints 
and information on how to add your own constraints.
.TP
\fB\-setup \fIscript\fR
.
The optional \fB\-setup\fR attribute indicates a \fIscript\fR that will be run
before the script indicated by the \fB\-body\fR attribute.  If evaluation
of \fIscript\fR raises an error, the test will fail.  The default value
is an empty script.
.TP
\fB\-body \fIscript\fR
.
The \fB\-body\fR attribute indicates the \fIscript\fR to run to carry out the 
test, which must return a result that can be checked for correctness.
If evaluation of \fIscript\fR raises an error, the test will fail
(unless the \fB\-returnCodes\fR option is used to state that an error
is expected).
The default value is an empty script.
.TP
\fB\-cleanup \fIscript\fR
................................................................................
the global \fBputs\fR command is used for comparison.  If \fB\-output\fR is
not specified, output sent to \fBstdout\fR and \fBoutputChannel\fR is not
processed for comparison.
.TP
\fB\-errorOutput \fIexpectedValue\fR
.
The \fB\-errorOutput\fR attribute supplies the \fIexpectedValue\fR against
which any output sent to \fBstderr\fR or \fBerrorChannel\fR during 
evaluation of the script(s) will be compared. Note that only output
printed using the global \fBputs\fR command is used for comparison.  If
\fB\-errorOutput\fR is not specified, output sent to \fBstderr\fR and
\fBerrorChannel\fR is not processed for comparison.
.TP
\fB\-returnCodes \fIexpectedCodeList\fR
.
................................................................................
\fImacOrUnix\fR
.
This test can only be run on a Mac or Unix platform.
.TP
\fItempNotWin\fR
.
This test can not be run on Windows.  This flag is used to temporarily
disable a test. 
.TP
\fItempNotMac\fR
.
This test can not be run on a Mac.  This flag is used
to temporarily disable a test.
.TP
\fIunixCrash\fR
.
This test crashes if it is run on Unix.  This flag is used to temporarily
disable a test. 
.TP
\fIwinCrash\fR
.
This test crashes if it is run on Windows.  This flag is used to temporarily
disable a test. 
.TP
\fImacCrash\fR
.
This test crashes if it is run on a Mac.  This flag is used to temporarily
disable a test. 
.TP
\fIemptyTest\fR
.
This test is empty, and so not worth running, but it remains as a
place-holder for a test to be written in the future.  This constraint
has value false to cause tests to be skipped unless the user specifies
otherwise.
................................................................................
.TP
\fInonPortable\fR
.
This test can only be run in some known development environment.
Some tests are inherently non-portable because they depend on things
like word length, file system configuration, window manager, etc.
This constraint has value false to cause tests to be skipped unless
the user specifies otherwise.  
.TP
\fIuserInteraction\fR
.
This test requires interaction from the user.  This constraint has
value false to causes tests to be skipped unless the user specifies
otherwise.  
.TP
\fIinteractive\fR
.
This test can only be run in if the interpreter is in interactive mode 
(when the global tcl_interactive variable is set to 1).
.TP
\fInonBlockFiles\fR
.
This test can only be run if platform supports setting files into
nonblocking mode.
.TP
................................................................................
that match any of the patterns in \fBconfigure \-file\fR and
match none of the patterns in \fBconfigure \-notfile\fR is generated
and sorted.  Then each file will be evaluated in turn.  If
\fBconfigure \-singleproc\fR is true, then each file will
be \fBsource\fRd in the caller's context.  If it is false,
then a copy of \fBinterpreter\fR will be \fBexec\fR'd to
evaluate each file.  The multi-process operation is useful
when testing can cause errors so severe that a process 
terminates.  Although such an error may terminate a child
process evaluating one file, the master process can continue
with the rest of the test suite.  In multi-process operation,
the configuration of \fBtcltest\fR in the master process is
passed to the child processes as command line arguments,
with the exception of \fBconfigure \-outfile\fR.  The
\fBrunAllTests\fR command in the
................................................................................
\fB\-verbose \fIlevel\fR
.
Sets the type of output verbosity desired to \fIlevel\fR,
a list of zero or more of the elements \fBbody\fR, \fBpass\fR,
\fBskip\fR, \fBstart\fR, \fBerror\fR and \fBline\fR.  Default value
is
.QW "\fBbody error\fR" .
Levels are defined as: 
.RS
.IP "body (\fBb\fR)"
Display the body of failed tests
.IP "pass (\fBp\fR)"
Print output when a test passes
.IP "skip (\fBs\fR)"
Print output when a test is skipped
................................................................................
.IP 0
No checking \(em do not check for core files at the end of each test
command, but do check for them in \fBrunAllTests\fR after all
test files have been evaluated.
.IP 1
Also check for core files at the end of each \fBtest\fR command.
.IP 2
Check for core files at all times described above, and save a 
copy of each core file produced in \fBconfigure \-tmpdir\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fB\-limitconstraints \fIboolean\fR
.
Sets the mode by which \fBtest\fR honors constraints as described
in \fBTESTS\fR above.  Default value is false.
................................................................................
.TP
\fB\-loadfile \fIfilename\fR
.
Sets the filename from which to read a script to be evaluated
by \fBloadTestedCommands\fR.  This is an alternative to
\fB\-load\fR.  They cannot be used together.
.TP
\fB\-outfile \fIfilename\fR 
.
Sets the file to which all output produced by tcltest should be
written.  A file named \fIfilename\fR will be \fBopen\fRed for writing,
and the resulting channel will be set as the value of \fBoutputChannel\fR.
.TP
\fB\-errfile \fIfilename\fR
.
................................................................................
names with the
.QW \fB.test\fR
extension, because that is the default pattern
used by \fBrunAllTests\fR to find test files.  It is a good rule of
thumb to have one test file for each source code file of your project.
It is good practice to edit the test file and the source code file
together, keeping tests synchronized with code changes.
.PP 
Most of the code in the test file should be the \fBtest\fR commands.
Use constraints to skip tests, rather than conditional evaluation
of \fBtest\fR.
.IP [5]
Recommended system for writing conditional tests, using constraints to
guard:
.RS
................................................................................
.CE
.PP
to establish a configuration from command line arguments.
.SH "KNOWN ISSUES"
There are two known issues related to nested evaluations of \fBtest\fR.
The first issue relates to the stack level in which test scripts are
executed.  Tests nested within other tests may be executed at the same
stack level as the outermost test.  For example, in the following code: 
.PP
.CS
\fBtest\fR level-1.1 {level 1} {
    -body {
        \fBtest\fR level-2.1 {level 2} {
        }
    }
}
.CE
.PP
any script executed in level-2.1 may be executed at the same stack
level as the script defined for level-1.1.  
.PP
In addition, while two \fBtest\fRs have been run, results will only
be reported by \fBcleanupTests\fR for tests at the same level as
test level-1.1.  However, test results for all tests run prior to
level-1.1 will be available when test level-2.1 runs.  What this
means is that if you try to access the test results for test level-2.1,
it will may say that
................................................................................
Implementation of output and error comparison in the test command
depends on usage of \fBputs\fR in your application code.  Output is
intercepted by redefining the global \fBputs\fR command while the defined test
script is being run.  Errors thrown by C procedures or printed
directly from C applications will not be caught by the \fBtest\fR command.
Therefore, usage of the \fB\-output\fR and \fB\-errorOutput\fR
options to \fBtest\fR is useful only for pure Tcl applications
that use \fBputs\fR to produce output. 
.SH KEYWORDS
test, test harness, test suite
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" End:






|







 







|







 







|







 







|
|











|







 







|







 







|









|




|




|







 







|





|



|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|











|







 







|





3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
...
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
...
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
...
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
...
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
...
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
...
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
...
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
...
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
...
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
...
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
....
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
....
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
....
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions
'\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2002. (not subject to US copyright)
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH "tcltest" n 2.3 tcltest "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tcltest \- Test harness support code and utilities
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
take their default values.  When \fIconstraints\fR is omitted, this
form of \fBtest\fR can be distinguished from the first because
all \fIoption\fRs begin with
.QW \- .
.TP
\fBloadTestedCommands\fR
.
Evaluates in the caller's context the script specified by
\fBconfigure \-load\fR or \fBconfigure \-loadfile\fR.
Returns the result of that script evaluation, including any error
raised by the script.  Use this command and the related
configuration options to provide the commands to be tested to
the interpreter running the test suite.
.TP
\fBmakeFile\fR \fIcontents name\fR ?\fIdirectory\fR?
................................................................................
.PP
The \fIdescription\fR should be a short textual description of the
test.  The \fIdescription\fR is included in output produced by the
test, typically test failure messages.  Good \fIdescription\fR values
should briefly explain the purpose of the test to users of a test suite.
The name of a Tcl or C function being tested should be included in the
description for regression tests.  If the test case exists to reproduce
a bug, include the bug ID in the description.
.PP
Valid attributes and associated values are:
.TP
\fB\-constraints \fIkeywordList\fR|\fIexpression\fR
.
The optional \fB\-constraints\fR attribute can be list of one or more
keywords or an expression.  If the \fB\-constraints\fR value is a list of
................................................................................
\fBconfigure \-limitconstraints\fR, and is not recommended.
Appropriate constraints should be added to any tests that should
not always be run.  That is, conditional evaluation of a test
should be accomplished by the \fB\-constraints\fR option, not by
conditional evaluation of \fBtest\fR.  In that way, the same
number of tests are always reported by the test suite, though
the number skipped may change based on the testing environment.
The default value is an empty list.
See \fBTEST CONSTRAINTS\fR below for a list of built-in constraints
and information on how to add your own constraints.
.TP
\fB\-setup \fIscript\fR
.
The optional \fB\-setup\fR attribute indicates a \fIscript\fR that will be run
before the script indicated by the \fB\-body\fR attribute.  If evaluation
of \fIscript\fR raises an error, the test will fail.  The default value
is an empty script.
.TP
\fB\-body \fIscript\fR
.
The \fB\-body\fR attribute indicates the \fIscript\fR to run to carry out the
test, which must return a result that can be checked for correctness.
If evaluation of \fIscript\fR raises an error, the test will fail
(unless the \fB\-returnCodes\fR option is used to state that an error
is expected).
The default value is an empty script.
.TP
\fB\-cleanup \fIscript\fR
................................................................................
the global \fBputs\fR command is used for comparison.  If \fB\-output\fR is
not specified, output sent to \fBstdout\fR and \fBoutputChannel\fR is not
processed for comparison.
.TP
\fB\-errorOutput \fIexpectedValue\fR
.
The \fB\-errorOutput\fR attribute supplies the \fIexpectedValue\fR against
which any output sent to \fBstderr\fR or \fBerrorChannel\fR during
evaluation of the script(s) will be compared. Note that only output
printed using the global \fBputs\fR command is used for comparison.  If
\fB\-errorOutput\fR is not specified, output sent to \fBstderr\fR and
\fBerrorChannel\fR is not processed for comparison.
.TP
\fB\-returnCodes \fIexpectedCodeList\fR
.
................................................................................
\fImacOrUnix\fR
.
This test can only be run on a Mac or Unix platform.
.TP
\fItempNotWin\fR
.
This test can not be run on Windows.  This flag is used to temporarily
disable a test.
.TP
\fItempNotMac\fR
.
This test can not be run on a Mac.  This flag is used
to temporarily disable a test.
.TP
\fIunixCrash\fR
.
This test crashes if it is run on Unix.  This flag is used to temporarily
disable a test.
.TP
\fIwinCrash\fR
.
This test crashes if it is run on Windows.  This flag is used to temporarily
disable a test.
.TP
\fImacCrash\fR
.
This test crashes if it is run on a Mac.  This flag is used to temporarily
disable a test.
.TP
\fIemptyTest\fR
.
This test is empty, and so not worth running, but it remains as a
place-holder for a test to be written in the future.  This constraint
has value false to cause tests to be skipped unless the user specifies
otherwise.
................................................................................
.TP
\fInonPortable\fR
.
This test can only be run in some known development environment.
Some tests are inherently non-portable because they depend on things
like word length, file system configuration, window manager, etc.
This constraint has value false to cause tests to be skipped unless
the user specifies otherwise.
.TP
\fIuserInteraction\fR
.
This test requires interaction from the user.  This constraint has
value false to causes tests to be skipped unless the user specifies
otherwise.
.TP
\fIinteractive\fR
.
This test can only be run in if the interpreter is in interactive mode
(when the global tcl_interactive variable is set to 1).
.TP
\fInonBlockFiles\fR
.
This test can only be run if platform supports setting files into
nonblocking mode.
.TP
................................................................................
that match any of the patterns in \fBconfigure \-file\fR and
match none of the patterns in \fBconfigure \-notfile\fR is generated
and sorted.  Then each file will be evaluated in turn.  If
\fBconfigure \-singleproc\fR is true, then each file will
be \fBsource\fRd in the caller's context.  If it is false,
then a copy of \fBinterpreter\fR will be \fBexec\fR'd to
evaluate each file.  The multi-process operation is useful
when testing can cause errors so severe that a process
terminates.  Although such an error may terminate a child
process evaluating one file, the master process can continue
with the rest of the test suite.  In multi-process operation,
the configuration of \fBtcltest\fR in the master process is
passed to the child processes as command line arguments,
with the exception of \fBconfigure \-outfile\fR.  The
\fBrunAllTests\fR command in the
................................................................................
\fB\-verbose \fIlevel\fR
.
Sets the type of output verbosity desired to \fIlevel\fR,
a list of zero or more of the elements \fBbody\fR, \fBpass\fR,
\fBskip\fR, \fBstart\fR, \fBerror\fR and \fBline\fR.  Default value
is
.QW "\fBbody error\fR" .
Levels are defined as:
.RS
.IP "body (\fBb\fR)"
Display the body of failed tests
.IP "pass (\fBp\fR)"
Print output when a test passes
.IP "skip (\fBs\fR)"
Print output when a test is skipped
................................................................................
.IP 0
No checking \(em do not check for core files at the end of each test
command, but do check for them in \fBrunAllTests\fR after all
test files have been evaluated.
.IP 1
Also check for core files at the end of each \fBtest\fR command.
.IP 2
Check for core files at all times described above, and save a
copy of each core file produced in \fBconfigure \-tmpdir\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fB\-limitconstraints \fIboolean\fR
.
Sets the mode by which \fBtest\fR honors constraints as described
in \fBTESTS\fR above.  Default value is false.
................................................................................
.TP
\fB\-loadfile \fIfilename\fR
.
Sets the filename from which to read a script to be evaluated
by \fBloadTestedCommands\fR.  This is an alternative to
\fB\-load\fR.  They cannot be used together.
.TP
\fB\-outfile \fIfilename\fR
.
Sets the file to which all output produced by tcltest should be
written.  A file named \fIfilename\fR will be \fBopen\fRed for writing,
and the resulting channel will be set as the value of \fBoutputChannel\fR.
.TP
\fB\-errfile \fIfilename\fR
.
................................................................................
names with the
.QW \fB.test\fR
extension, because that is the default pattern
used by \fBrunAllTests\fR to find test files.  It is a good rule of
thumb to have one test file for each source code file of your project.
It is good practice to edit the test file and the source code file
together, keeping tests synchronized with code changes.
.PP
Most of the code in the test file should be the \fBtest\fR commands.
Use constraints to skip tests, rather than conditional evaluation
of \fBtest\fR.
.IP [5]
Recommended system for writing conditional tests, using constraints to
guard:
.RS
................................................................................
.CE
.PP
to establish a configuration from command line arguments.
.SH "KNOWN ISSUES"
There are two known issues related to nested evaluations of \fBtest\fR.
The first issue relates to the stack level in which test scripts are
executed.  Tests nested within other tests may be executed at the same
stack level as the outermost test.  For example, in the following code:
.PP
.CS
\fBtest\fR level-1.1 {level 1} {
    -body {
        \fBtest\fR level-2.1 {level 2} {
        }
    }
}
.CE
.PP
any script executed in level-2.1 may be executed at the same stack
level as the script defined for level-1.1.
.PP
In addition, while two \fBtest\fRs have been run, results will only
be reported by \fBcleanupTests\fR for tests at the same level as
test level-1.1.  However, test results for all tests run prior to
level-1.1 will be available when test level-2.1 runs.  What this
means is that if you try to access the test results for test level-2.1,
it will may say that
................................................................................
Implementation of output and error comparison in the test command
depends on usage of \fBputs\fR in your application code.  Output is
intercepted by redefining the global \fBputs\fR command while the defined test
script is being run.  Errors thrown by C procedures or printed
directly from C applications will not be caught by the \fBtest\fR command.
Therefore, usage of the \fB\-output\fR and \fB\-errorOutput\fR
options to \fBtest\fR is useful only for pure Tcl applications
that use \fBputs\fR to produce output.
.SH KEYWORDS
test, test harness, test suite
.\" Local Variables:
.\" mode: nroff
.\" End:

Changes to doc/tclvars.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
...
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
...
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
...
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH tclvars n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
argc, argv, argv0, auto_path, env, errorCode, errorInfo, tcl_interactive, tcl_library, tcl_nonwordchars, tcl_patchLevel, tcl_pkgPath, tcl_platform, tcl_precision, tcl_rcFileName, tcl_traceCompile, tcl_traceExec, tcl_wordchars, tcl_version \- Variables used by Tcl
.BE
................................................................................
.PP
Note that this environment variable should \fInot\fR normally be set.
.RE
.TP
\fBenv(TCLLIBPATH)\fR
.
If set, then it must contain a valid Tcl list giving directories to
search during auto-load operations.  Directories must be specified in 
Tcl format, using
.QW /
as the path separator, regardless of platform.
This variable is only used when initializing the \fBauto_path\fR variable.
.TP
\fBenv(TCL_TZ)\fR, \fBenv(TZ)\fR
.
................................................................................
nested Tcl commands that had been invoked at the time of the error.
.TP
\fBtcl_library\fR
.
This variable holds the name of a directory containing the
system library of Tcl scripts, such as those used for auto-loading.
The value of this variable is returned by the \fBinfo library\fR command.
See the \fBlibrary\fR manual entry for details of the facilities 
provided by the Tcl script library.
Normally each application or package will have its own application-specific
script library in addition to the Tcl script library;
each application should set a global variable with a name like
\fB$\fIapp\fB_library\fR (where \fIapp\fR is the application's name)
to hold the network file name for that application's library directory.
The initial value of \fBtcl_library\fR is set when an interpreter
................................................................................
and applications may add additional values to the array.  The
predefined elements are:
.RS
.TP
\fBbyteOrder\fR
.
The native byte order of this machine: either \fBlittleEndian\fR or
\fBbigEndian\fR. 
.TP
\fBdebug\fR
.
If this variable exists, then the interpreter was compiled with and linked
to a debug-enabled C run-time.  This variable will only exist on Windows,
so extension writers can specify which package to load depending on the
C run-time library that is in use.  This is not an indication that this core
................................................................................
will convert as \fI1.4\fR rather than \fI1.3999999999999999\fR
even though the latter is nearer to the exact value of the
binary number.
.RE
.PP
.RS
If \fBtcl_precision\fR is not zero, then when Tcl converts a floating
point number, it creates a decimal representation of at most 
\fBtcl_precision\fR significant digits; the result may be shorter if
the shorter result represents the original number exactly. If no
result of at most \fBtcl_precision\fR digits is an exact representation
of the original number, the one that is closest to the original
number is chosen.
If the original number lies precisely between two equally accurate
decimal representations, then the one with an even value for the least





|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
...
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
...
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
...
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tclvars n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
argc, argv, argv0, auto_path, env, errorCode, errorInfo, tcl_interactive, tcl_library, tcl_nonwordchars, tcl_patchLevel, tcl_pkgPath, tcl_platform, tcl_precision, tcl_rcFileName, tcl_traceCompile, tcl_traceExec, tcl_wordchars, tcl_version \- Variables used by Tcl
.BE
................................................................................
.PP
Note that this environment variable should \fInot\fR normally be set.
.RE
.TP
\fBenv(TCLLIBPATH)\fR
.
If set, then it must contain a valid Tcl list giving directories to
search during auto-load operations.  Directories must be specified in
Tcl format, using
.QW /
as the path separator, regardless of platform.
This variable is only used when initializing the \fBauto_path\fR variable.
.TP
\fBenv(TCL_TZ)\fR, \fBenv(TZ)\fR
.
................................................................................
nested Tcl commands that had been invoked at the time of the error.
.TP
\fBtcl_library\fR
.
This variable holds the name of a directory containing the
system library of Tcl scripts, such as those used for auto-loading.
The value of this variable is returned by the \fBinfo library\fR command.
See the \fBlibrary\fR manual entry for details of the facilities
provided by the Tcl script library.
Normally each application or package will have its own application-specific
script library in addition to the Tcl script library;
each application should set a global variable with a name like
\fB$\fIapp\fB_library\fR (where \fIapp\fR is the application's name)
to hold the network file name for that application's library directory.
The initial value of \fBtcl_library\fR is set when an interpreter
................................................................................
and applications may add additional values to the array.  The
predefined elements are:
.RS
.TP
\fBbyteOrder\fR
.
The native byte order of this machine: either \fBlittleEndian\fR or
\fBbigEndian\fR.
.TP
\fBdebug\fR
.
If this variable exists, then the interpreter was compiled with and linked
to a debug-enabled C run-time.  This variable will only exist on Windows,
so extension writers can specify which package to load depending on the
C run-time library that is in use.  This is not an indication that this core
................................................................................
will convert as \fI1.4\fR rather than \fI1.3999999999999999\fR
even though the latter is nearer to the exact value of the
binary number.
.RE
.PP
.RS
If \fBtcl_precision\fR is not zero, then when Tcl converts a floating
point number, it creates a decimal representation of at most
\fBtcl_precision\fR significant digits; the result may be shorter if
the shorter result represents the original number exactly. If no
result of at most \fBtcl_precision\fR digits is an exact representation
of the original number, the one that is closest to the original
number is chosen.
If the original number lies precisely between two equally accurate
decimal representations, then the one with an even value for the least

Changes to doc/trace.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH trace n "8.4" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
trace \- Monitor variable accesses, command usages and command executions
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH trace n "8.4" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
trace \- Monitor variable accesses, command usages and command executions
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/transchan.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
'\" 
'\" Copyright (c) 2008 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH transchan n 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2008 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH transchan n 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros

Changes to doc/try.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2008 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH try n 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
try \- Trap and process errors and exceptions
.SH SYNOPSIS




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2008 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH try n 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
try \- Trap and process errors and exceptions
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/unknown.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH unknown n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
unknown \- Handle attempts to use non-existent commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This command is invoked by the Tcl interpreter whenever a script
tries to invoke a command that does not exist.  The default implementation
of \fBunknown\fR is a library procedure defined when Tcl initializes an
interpreter.  You can override the default \fBunknown\fR to change its
functionality, or you can register a new handler for individual namespaces
using the \fBnamespace unknown\fR command.  Note that there is no default 
implementation of \fBunknown\fR in a safe interpreter.
.PP
If the Tcl interpreter encounters a command name for which there
is not a defined command (in either the current namespace, or the 
global namespace), then Tcl checks for the existence of
an unknown handler for the current namespace. By default, this
handler is a command named \fB::unknown\fR.  If there is no such 
command, then the interpreter returns an error.
If the \fBunknown\fR command exists (or a new handler has been
registered for the current namespace), then it is invoked with
arguments consisting of the fully-substituted name and arguments
for the original non-existent command.
The \fBunknown\fR command typically does things like searching
through library directories for a command procedure with the name





|







 







|



|


|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
..
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH unknown n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
unknown \- Handle attempts to use non-existent commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This command is invoked by the Tcl interpreter whenever a script
tries to invoke a command that does not exist.  The default implementation
of \fBunknown\fR is a library procedure defined when Tcl initializes an
interpreter.  You can override the default \fBunknown\fR to change its
functionality, or you can register a new handler for individual namespaces
using the \fBnamespace unknown\fR command.  Note that there is no default
implementation of \fBunknown\fR in a safe interpreter.
.PP
If the Tcl interpreter encounters a command name for which there
is not a defined command (in either the current namespace, or the
global namespace), then Tcl checks for the existence of
an unknown handler for the current namespace. By default, this
handler is a command named \fB::unknown\fR.  If there is no such
command, then the interpreter returns an error.
If the \fBunknown\fR command exists (or a new handler has been
registered for the current namespace), then it is invoked with
arguments consisting of the fully-substituted name and arguments
for the original non-existent command.
The \fBunknown\fR command typically does things like searching
through library directories for a command procedure with the name

Changes to doc/unload.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
...
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2003 George Petasis <[email protected]>.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH unload n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
unload \- Unload machine code
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
.
Suppresses all error messages. If this switch is given, \fBunload\fR will
never report an error.
.TP
\fB\-keeplibrary\fR
.
This switch will prevent \fBunload\fR from issuing the operating system call
that will unload the library from the process. 
.TP
\fB\-\|\-\fR
.
Marks the end of switches.  The argument following this one will
be treated as a \fIfileName\fR even if it starts with a \fB\-\fR.
.SS "UNLOAD OPERATION"
.PP
................................................................................
The \fIflags\fR argument can be either \fBTCL_UNLOAD_DETACH_FROM_INTERPRETER\fR
or \fBTCL_UNLOAD_DETACH_FROM_PROCESS\fR. In case the library will remain
attached to the process after the unload procedure returns (i.e. because
the library is used by other interpreters),
\fBTCL_UNLOAD_DETACH_FROM_INTERPRETER\fR will be defined. However, if the
library is used only by the target interpreter and the library will be
detached from the application as soon as the unload procedure returns,
the \fIflags\fR argument will be set to \fBTCL_UNLOAD_DETACH_FROM_PROCESS\fR. 
.SS NOTES
.PP
The \fBunload\fR command cannot unload libraries that are statically
linked with the application.
If \fIfileName\fR is an empty string, then the \fIpackageName\fR argument must
be specified.
.PP




|







 







|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
...
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2003 George Petasis <[email protected]>.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH unload n 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
unload \- Unload machine code
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
.
Suppresses all error messages. If this switch is given, \fBunload\fR will
never report an error.
.TP
\fB\-keeplibrary\fR
.
This switch will prevent \fBunload\fR from issuing the operating system call
that will unload the library from the process.
.TP
\fB\-\|\-\fR
.
Marks the end of switches.  The argument following this one will
be treated as a \fIfileName\fR even if it starts with a \fB\-\fR.
.SS "UNLOAD OPERATION"
.PP
................................................................................
The \fIflags\fR argument can be either \fBTCL_UNLOAD_DETACH_FROM_INTERPRETER\fR
or \fBTCL_UNLOAD_DETACH_FROM_PROCESS\fR. In case the library will remain
attached to the process after the unload procedure returns (i.e. because
the library is used by other interpreters),
\fBTCL_UNLOAD_DETACH_FROM_INTERPRETER\fR will be defined. However, if the
library is used only by the target interpreter and the library will be
detached from the application as soon as the unload procedure returns,
the \fIflags\fR argument will be set to \fBTCL_UNLOAD_DETACH_FROM_PROCESS\fR.
.SS NOTES
.PP
The \fBunload\fR command cannot unload libraries that are statically
linked with the application.
If \fIfileName\fR is an empty string, then the \fIpackageName\fR argument must
be specified.
.PP

Changes to doc/unset.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH unset n 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
unset \- Delete variables
.SH SYNOPSIS






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH unset n 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
unset \- Delete variables
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/update.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH update n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
update \- Process pending events and idle callbacks
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH update n 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
update \- Process pending events and idle callbacks
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/uplevel.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH uplevel n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
uplevel \- Execute a script in a different stack frame
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH uplevel n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
uplevel \- Execute a script in a different stack frame
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/upvar.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH upvar n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
upvar \- Create link to variable in a different stack frame
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH upvar n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
upvar \- Create link to variable in a different stack frame
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/variable.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1997 Bell Labs Innovations for Lucent Technologies
'\" Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH variable n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
variable \- create and initialize a namespace variable
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993-1997 Bell Labs Innovations for Lucent Technologies
'\" Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH variable n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
variable \- create and initialize a namespace variable
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/vwait.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH vwait n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
vwait \- Process events until a variable is written
.SH SYNOPSIS




|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH vwait n 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
vwait \- Process events until a variable is written
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/while.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH while n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
while \- Execute script repeatedly as long as a condition is met
.SH SYNOPSIS





|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH while n "" Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
while \- Execute script repeatedly as long as a condition is met
.SH SYNOPSIS

Changes to doc/zlib.n.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2008-2012 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\" 
.TH zlib n 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
zlib \- compression and decompression operations
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
\fBclock format\fR.
.TP
\fBtype\fR
.
The type of the uncompressed data (\fBbinary\fR or \fBtext\fR) if known.
.RE
.TP
\fBzlib gzip\fI string\fR ?\fB\-level \fIlevel\fR? ?\fB\-header \fIdict\fR? 
.
Return the compressed contents of binary string \fIstring\fR in gzip format.
If \fB\-level\fR is given, \fIlevel\fR gives the compression level to use
(from 0, which is uncompressed, to 9, maximally compressed). If \fB\-header\fR
is given, \fIdict\fR is a dictionary containing values used for the gzip
header. The following keys may be defined:
.RS




|







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
..
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2008-2012 Donal K. Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH zlib n 8.6 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
zlib \- compression and decompression operations
.SH SYNOPSIS
................................................................................
\fBclock format\fR.
.TP
\fBtype\fR
.
The type of the uncompressed data (\fBbinary\fR or \fBtext\fR) if known.
.RE
.TP
\fBzlib gzip\fI string\fR ?\fB\-level \fIlevel\fR? ?\fB\-header \fIdict\fR?
.
Return the compressed contents of binary string \fIstring\fR in gzip format.
If \fB\-level\fR is given, \fIlevel\fR gives the compression level to use
(from 0, which is uncompressed, to 9, maximally compressed). If \fB\-header\fR
is given, \fIdict\fR is a dictionary containing values used for the gzip
header. The following keys may be defined:
.RS

Changes to generic/tcl.h.

52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
 * unix/tcl.spec	(1 LOC patch)
 * tools/tcl.hpj.in	(not patchlevel, for windows installer)
 */

#define TCL_MAJOR_VERSION   8
#define TCL_MINOR_VERSION   6
#define TCL_RELEASE_LEVEL   TCL_FINAL_RELEASE
#define TCL_RELEASE_SERIAL  4

#define TCL_VERSION	    "8.6"
#define TCL_PATCH_LEVEL	    "8.6.4"
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following definitions set up the proper options for Windows compilers.
 * We use this method because there is no autoconf equivalent.
 */







|


|







52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
 * unix/tcl.spec	(1 LOC patch)
 * tools/tcl.hpj.in	(not patchlevel, for windows installer)
 */

#define TCL_MAJOR_VERSION   8
#define TCL_MINOR_VERSION   6
#define TCL_RELEASE_LEVEL   TCL_FINAL_RELEASE
#define TCL_RELEASE_SERIAL  5

#define TCL_VERSION	    "8.6"
#define TCL_PATCH_LEVEL	    "8.6.5"
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following definitions set up the proper options for Windows compilers.
 * We use this method because there is no autoconf equivalent.
 */

Changes to generic/tclOO.h.

20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
 *
 * tests/oo.test
 * tests/ooNext2.test
 * unix/tclooConfig.sh
 * win/tclooConfig.sh
 */

#define TCLOO_VERSION "1.0.3"
#define TCLOO_PATCHLEVEL TCLOO_VERSION

#include "tcl.h"

/*
 * For C++ compilers, use extern "C"
 */






|







20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
 *
 * tests/oo.test
 * tests/ooNext2.test
 * unix/tclooConfig.sh
 * win/tclooConfig.sh
 */

#define TCLOO_VERSION "1.0.4"
#define TCLOO_PATCHLEVEL TCLOO_VERSION

#include "tcl.h"

/*
 * For C++ compilers, use extern "C"
 */

Changes to generic/tclVar.c.

693
694
695
696
697
698
699

700
701
702
703
704
705

706


707
708
709
710
711
712
713
     * Cache the newly found variable if possible.
     */

    if (index >= 0) {
	/*
	 * An indexed local variable.
	 */


	part1Ptr->typePtr = &localVarNameType;
	if (part1Ptr != localName(iPtr->varFramePtr, index)) {
	    part1Ptr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 =
		    localName(iPtr->varFramePtr, index);
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount((Tcl_Obj *)

		    part1Ptr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1);


	} else {
	    part1Ptr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
	}
	part1Ptr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = INT2PTR(index);
    } else {
	/*
	 * At least mark part1Ptr as already parsed.






>


|
|
<
|
>
|
>
>







693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704

705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
     * Cache the newly found variable if possible.
     */

    if (index >= 0) {
	/*
	 * An indexed local variable.
	 */
	Tcl_Obj *cachedNamePtr = localName(iPtr->varFramePtr, index);

	part1Ptr->typePtr = &localVarNameType;
	if (part1Ptr != cachedNamePtr) {
	    part1Ptr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = cachedNamePtr;

	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(cachedNamePtr);
	    if (cachedNamePtr->typePtr != &localVarNameType
		    || cachedNamePtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 != NULL) {
	        TclFreeIntRep(cachedNamePtr);
	    }
	} else {
	    part1Ptr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
	}
	part1Ptr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = INT2PTR(index);
    } else {
	/*
	 * At least mark part1Ptr as already parsed.

Changes to library/init.tcl.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#

# This test intentionally written in pre-7.5 Tcl
if {[info commands package] == ""} {
    error "version mismatch: library\nscripts expect Tcl version 7.5b1 or later but the loaded version is\nonly [info patchlevel]"
}
package require -exact Tcl 8.6.4

# Compute the auto path to use in this interpreter.
# The values on the path come from several locations:
#
# The environment variable TCLLIBPATH
#
# tcl_library, which is the directory containing this init.tcl script.






|







12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#

# This test intentionally written in pre-7.5 Tcl
if {[info commands package] == ""} {
    error "version mismatch: library\nscripts expect Tcl version 7.5b1 or later but the loaded version is\nonly [info patchlevel]"
}
package require -exact Tcl 8.6.5

# Compute the auto path to use in this interpreter.
# The values on the path come from several locations:
#
# The environment variable TCLLIBPATH
#
# tcl_library, which is the directory containing this init.tcl script.

Changes to library/tzdata/America/Cayman.

1


2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
# created by tools/tclZIC.tcl - do not edit



set TZData(:America/Cayman) {
    {-9223372036854775808 -19532 0 LMT}
    {-2524502068 -18431 0 KMT}
    {-1827687169 -18000 0 EST}
    {1451624400 -18000 0 EST}
    {1457852400 -14400 1 EDT}
    {1478412000 -18000 0 EST}
    {1489302000 -14400 1 EDT}
    {1509861600 -18000 0 EST}
    {1520751600 -14400 1 EDT}
    {1541311200 -18000 0 EST}
    {1552201200 -14400 1 EDT}
    {1572760800 -18000 0 EST}
    {1583650800 -14400 1 EDT}
    {1604210400 -18000 0 EST}
    {1615705200 -14400 1 EDT}
    {1636264800 -18000 0 EST}
    {1647154800 -14400 1 EDT}
    {1667714400 -18000 0 EST}
    {1678604400 -14400 1 EDT}
    {1699164000 -18000 0 EST}
    {1710054000 -14400 1 EDT}
    {1730613600 -18000 0 EST}
    {1741503600 -14400 1 EDT}
    {1762063200 -18000 0 EST}
    {1772953200 -14400 1 EDT}
    {1793512800 -18000 0 EST}
    {1805007600 -14400 1 EDT}
    {1825567200 -18000 0 EST}
    {1836457200 -14400 1 EDT}
    {1857016800 -18000 0 EST}
    {1867906800 -14400 1 EDT}
    {1888466400 -18000 0 EST}
    {1899356400 -14400 1 EDT}
    {1919916000 -18000 0 EST}
    {1930806000 -14400 1 EDT}
    {1951365600 -18000 0 EST}
    {1962860400 -14400 1 EDT}
    {1983420000 -18000 0 EST}
    {1994310000 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2014869600 -18000 0 EST}
    {2025759600 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2046319200 -18000 0 EST}
    {2057209200 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2077768800 -18000 0 EST}
    {2088658800 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2109218400 -18000 0 EST}
    {2120108400 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2140668000 -18000 0 EST}
    {2152162800 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2172722400 -18000 0 EST}
    {2183612400 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2204172000 -18000 0 EST}
    {2215062000 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2235621600 -18000 0 EST}
    {2246511600 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2267071200 -18000 0 EST}
    {2277961200 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2298520800 -18000 0 EST}
    {2309410800 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2329970400 -18000 0 EST}
    {2341465200 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2362024800 -18000 0 EST}
    {2372914800 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2393474400 -18000 0 EST}
    {2404364400 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2424924000 -18000 0 EST}
    {2435814000 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2456373600 -18000 0 EST}
    {2467263600 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2487823200 -18000 0 EST}
    {2499318000 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2519877600 -18000 0 EST}
    {2530767600 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2551327200 -18000 0 EST}
    {2562217200 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2582776800 -18000 0 EST}
    {2593666800 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2614226400 -18000 0 EST}
    {2625116400 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2645676000 -18000 0 EST}
    {2656566000 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2677125600 -18000 0 EST}
    {2688620400 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2709180000 -18000 0 EST}
    {2720070000 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2740629600 -18000 0 EST}
    {2751519600 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2772079200 -18000 0 EST}
    {2782969200 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2803528800 -18000 0 EST}
    {2814418800 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2834978400 -18000 0 EST}
    {2846473200 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2867032800 -18000 0 EST}
    {2877922800 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2898482400 -18000 0 EST}
    {2909372400 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2929932000 -18000 0 EST}
    {2940822000 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2961381600 -18000 0 EST}
    {2972271600 -14400 1 EDT}
    {2992831200 -18000 0 EST}
    {3003721200 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3024280800 -18000 0 EST}
    {3035775600 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3056335200 -18000 0 EST}
    {3067225200 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3087784800 -18000 0 EST}
    {3098674800 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3119234400 -18000 0 EST}
    {3130124400 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3150684000 -18000 0 EST}
    {3161574000 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3182133600 -18000 0 EST}
    {3193023600 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3213583200 -18000 0 EST}
    {3225078000 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3245637600 -18000 0 EST}
    {3256527600 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3277087200 -18000 0 EST}
    {3287977200 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3308536800 -18000 0 EST}
    {3319426800 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3339986400 -18000 0 EST}
    {3350876400 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3371436000 -18000 0 EST}
    {3382930800 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3403490400 -18000 0 EST}
    {3414380400 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3434940000 -18000 0 EST}
    {3445830000 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3466389600 -18000 0 EST}
    {3477279600 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3497839200 -18000 0 EST}
    {3508729200 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3529288800 -18000 0 EST}
    {3540178800 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3560738400 -18000 0 EST}
    {3572233200 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3592792800 -18000 0 EST}
    {3603682800 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3624242400 -18000 0 EST}
    {3635132400 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3655692000 -18000 0 EST}
    {3666582000 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3687141600 -18000 0 EST}
    {3698031600 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3718591200 -18000 0 EST}
    {3730086000 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3750645600 -18000 0 EST}
    {3761535600 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3782095200 -18000 0 EST}
    {3792985200 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3813544800 -18000 0 EST}
    {3824434800 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3844994400 -18000 0 EST}
    {3855884400 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3876444000 -18000 0 EST}
    {3887334000 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3907893600 -18000 0 EST}
    {3919388400 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3939948000 -18000 0 EST}
    {3950838000 -14400 1 EDT}
    {3971397600 -18000 0 EST}
    {3982287600 -14400 1 EDT}
    {4002847200 -18000 0 EST}
    {4013737200 -14400 1 EDT}
    {4034296800 -18000 0 EST}
    {4045186800 -14400 1 EDT}
    {4065746400 -18000 0 EST}
    {4076636400 -14400 1 EDT}
    {4097196000 -18000 0 EST}
}
>
>
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
1
2
3
4
5













































































































































































# created by tools/tclZIC.tcl - do not edit
if {![info exists TZData(America/Panama)]} {
    LoadTimeZoneFile America/Panama
}
set TZData(:America/Cayman) $TZData(:America/Panama)













































































































































































Changes to library/tzdata/America/Metlakatla.

36
37
38
39
40
41
42









































































































































































43
    {341398800 -28800 0 PST}
    {357127200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {372848400 -28800 0 PST}
    {388576800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {404902800 -28800 0 PST}
    {420026400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {436356000 -28800 0 PST}









































































































































































}






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
    {341398800 -28800 0 PST}
    {357127200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {372848400 -28800 0 PST}
    {388576800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {404902800 -28800 0 PST}
    {420026400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {436356000 -28800 0 PST}
    {1446372000 -32400 0 AKST}
    {1457866800 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {1478426400 -32400 0 AKST}
    {1489316400 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {1509876000 -32400 0 AKST}
    {1520766000 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {1541325600 -32400 0 AKST}
    {1552215600 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {1572775200 -32400 0 AKST}
    {1583665200 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {1604224800 -32400 0 AKST}
    {1615719600 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {1636279200 -32400 0 AKST}
    {1647169200 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {1667728800 -32400 0 AKST}
    {1678618800 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {1699178400 -32400 0 AKST}
    {1710068400 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {1730628000 -32400 0 AKST}
    {1741518000 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {1762077600 -32400 0 AKST}
    {1772967600 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {1793527200 -32400 0 AKST}
    {1805022000 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {1825581600 -32400 0 AKST}
    {1836471600 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {1857031200 -32400 0 AKST}
    {1867921200 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {1888480800 -32400 0 AKST}
    {1899370800 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {1919930400 -32400 0 AKST}
    {1930820400 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {1951380000 -32400 0 AKST}
    {1962874800 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {1983434400 -32400 0 AKST}
    {1994324400 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2014884000 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2025774000 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2046333600 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2057223600 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2077783200 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2088673200 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2109232800 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2120122800 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2140682400 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2152177200 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2172736800 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2183626800 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2204186400 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2215076400 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2235636000 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2246526000 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2267085600 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2277975600 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2298535200 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2309425200 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2329984800 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2341479600 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2362039200 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2372929200 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2393488800 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2404378800 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2424938400 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2435828400 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2456388000 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2467278000 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2487837600 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2499332400 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2519892000 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2530782000 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2551341600 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2562231600 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2582791200 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2593681200 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2614240800 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2625130800 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2645690400 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2656580400 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2677140000 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2688634800 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2709194400 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2720084400 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2740644000 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2751534000 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2772093600 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2782983600 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2803543200 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2814433200 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2834992800 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2846487600 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2867047200 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2877937200 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2898496800 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2909386800 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2929946400 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2940836400 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2961396000 -32400 0 AKST}
    {2972286000 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {2992845600 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3003735600 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3024295200 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3035790000 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3056349600 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3067239600 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3087799200 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3098689200 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3119248800 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3130138800 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3150698400 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3161588400 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3182148000 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3193038000 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3213597600 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3225092400 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3245652000 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3256542000 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3277101600 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3287991600 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3308551200 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3319441200 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3340000800 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3350890800 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3371450400 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3382945200 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3403504800 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3414394800 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3434954400 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3445844400 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3466404000 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3477294000 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3497853600 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3508743600 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3529303200 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3540193200 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3560752800 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3572247600 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3592807200 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3603697200 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3624256800 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3635146800 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3655706400 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3666596400 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3687156000 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3698046000 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3718605600 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3730100400 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3750660000 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3761550000 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3782109600 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3792999600 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3813559200 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3824449200 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3845008800 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3855898800 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3876458400 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3887348400 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3907908000 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3919402800 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3939962400 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3950852400 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {3971412000 -32400 0 AKST}
    {3982302000 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {4002861600 -32400 0 AKST}
    {4013751600 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {4034311200 -32400 0 AKST}
    {4045201200 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {4065760800 -32400 0 AKST}
    {4076650800 -28800 1 AKDT}
    {4097210400 -32400 0 AKST}
}

Changes to library/tzdata/America/Santa_Isabel.

1


2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
# created by tools/tclZIC.tcl - do not edit



set TZData(:America/Santa_Isabel) {
    {-9223372036854775808 -27568 0 LMT}
    {-1514736000 -25200 0 MST}
    {-1451667600 -28800 0 PST}
    {-1343062800 -25200 0 MST}
    {-1234803600 -28800 0 PST}
    {-1222963200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {-1207242000 -28800 0 PST}
    {-873820800 -25200 1 PWT}
    {-769395600 -25200 1 PPT}
    {-761677200 -28800 0 PST}
    {-686073600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {-661539600 -28800 0 PST}
    {-504892800 -28800 0 PST}
    {-495036000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {-481734000 -28800 0 PST}
    {-463586400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {-450284400 -28800 0 PST}
    {-431532000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {-418230000 -28800 0 PST}
    {-400082400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {-386780400 -28800 0 PST}
    {-368632800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {-355330800 -28800 0 PST}
    {-337183200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {-323881200 -28800 0 PST}
    {-305733600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {-292431600 -28800 0 PST}
    {-283968000 -28800 0 PST}
    {189331200 -28800 0 PST}
    {199274400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {215600400 -28800 0 PST}
    {230724000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {247050000 -28800 0 PST}
    {262778400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {278499600 -28800 0 PST}
    {294228000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {309949200 -28800 0 PST}
    {325677600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {341398800 -28800 0 PST}
    {357127200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {372848400 -28800 0 PST}
    {388576800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {404902800 -28800 0 PST}
    {420026400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {436352400 -28800 0 PST}
    {452080800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {467802000 -28800 0 PST}
    {483530400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {499251600 -28800 0 PST}
    {514980000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {530701200 -28800 0 PST}
    {544615200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {562150800 -28800 0 PST}
    {576064800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {594205200 -28800 0 PST}
    {607514400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {625654800 -28800 0 PST}
    {638964000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {657104400 -28800 0 PST}
    {671018400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {688554000 -28800 0 PST}
    {702468000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {720003600 -28800 0 PST}
    {733917600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {752058000 -28800 0 PST}
    {765367200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {783507600 -28800 0 PST}
    {796816800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {814957200 -28800 0 PST}
    {820483200 -28800 0 PST}
    {828871200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {846406800 -28800 0 PST}
    {860320800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {877856400 -28800 0 PST}
    {891770400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {909306000 -28800 0 PST}
    {923220000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {941360400 -28800 0 PST}
    {954669600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {972810000 -28800 0 PST}
    {978336000 -28800 0 PST}
    {986119200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1004259600 -28800 0 PST}
    {1014192000 -28800 0 PST}
    {1018173600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1035709200 -28800 0 PST}
    {1049623200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1067158800 -28800 0 PST}
    {1081072800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1099213200 -28800 0 PST}
    {1112522400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1130662800 -28800 0 PST}
    {1143972000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1162112400 -28800 0 PST}
    {1175421600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1193562000 -28800 0 PST}
    {1207476000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1225011600 -28800 0 PST}
    {1238925600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1256461200 -28800 0 PST}
    {1270375200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1288515600 -28800 0 PST}
    {1301824800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1319965200 -28800 0 PST}
    {1333274400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1351414800 -28800 0 PST}
    {1365328800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1382864400 -28800 0 PST}
    {1396778400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1414314000 -28800 0 PST}
    {1428228000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1445763600 -28800 0 PST}
    {1459677600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1477818000 -28800 0 PST}
    {1491127200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1509267600 -28800 0 PST}
    {1522576800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1540717200 -28800 0 PST}
    {1554631200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1572166800 -28800 0 PST}
    {1586080800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1603616400 -28800 0 PST}
    {1617530400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1635670800 -28800 0 PST}
    {1648980000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1667120400 -28800 0 PST}
    {1680429600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1698570000 -28800 0 PST}
    {1712484000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1730019600 -28800 0 PST}
    {1743933600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1761469200 -28800 0 PST}
    {1775383200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1792918800 -28800 0 PST}
    {1806832800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1824973200 -28800 0 PST}
    {1838282400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1856422800 -28800 0 PST}
    {1869732000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1887872400 -28800 0 PST}
    {1901786400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1919322000 -28800 0 PST}
    {1933236000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1950771600 -28800 0 PST}
    {1964685600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {1982826000 -28800 0 PST}
    {1996135200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2014275600 -28800 0 PST}
    {2027584800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2045725200 -28800 0 PST}
    {2059034400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2077174800 -28800 0 PST}
    {2091088800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2108624400 -28800 0 PST}
    {2122538400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2140074000 -28800 0 PST}
    {2153988000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2172128400 -28800 0 PST}
    {2185437600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2203578000 -28800 0 PST}
    {2216887200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2235027600 -28800 0 PST}
    {2248941600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2266477200 -28800 0 PST}
    {2280391200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2297926800 -28800 0 PST}
    {2311840800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2329376400 -28800 0 PST}
    {2343290400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2361430800 -28800 0 PST}
    {2374740000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2392880400 -28800 0 PST}
    {2406189600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2424330000 -28800 0 PST}
    {2438244000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2455779600 -28800 0 PST}
    {2469693600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2487229200 -28800 0 PST}
    {2501143200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2519283600 -28800 0 PST}
    {2532592800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2550733200 -28800 0 PST}
    {2564042400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2582182800 -28800 0 PST}
    {2596096800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2613632400 -28800 0 PST}
    {2627546400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2645082000 -28800 0 PST}
    {2658996000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2676531600 -28800 0 PST}
    {2690445600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2708586000 -28800 0 PST}
    {2721895200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2740035600 -28800 0 PST}
    {2753344800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2771485200 -28800 0 PST}
    {2785399200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2802934800 -28800 0 PST}
    {2816848800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2834384400 -28800 0 PST}
    {2848298400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2866438800 -28800 0 PST}
    {2879748000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2897888400 -28800 0 PST}
    {2911197600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2929338000 -28800 0 PST}
    {2942647200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2960787600 -28800 0 PST}
    {2974701600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {2992237200 -28800 0 PST}
    {3006151200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3023686800 -28800 0 PST}
    {3037600800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3055741200 -28800 0 PST}
    {3069050400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3087190800 -28800 0 PST}
    {3100500000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3118640400 -28800 0 PST}
    {3132554400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3150090000 -28800 0 PST}
    {3164004000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3181539600 -28800 0 PST}
    {3195453600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3212989200 -28800 0 PST}
    {3226903200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3245043600 -28800 0 PST}
    {3258352800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3276493200 -28800 0 PST}
    {3289802400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3307942800 -28800 0 PST}
    {3321856800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3339392400 -28800 0 PST}
    {3353306400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3370842000 -28800 0 PST}
    {3384756000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3402896400 -28800 0 PST}
    {3416205600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3434346000 -28800 0 PST}
    {3447655200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3465795600 -28800 0 PST}
    {3479709600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3497245200 -28800 0 PST}
    {3511159200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3528694800 -28800 0 PST}
    {3542608800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3560144400 -28800 0 PST}
    {3574058400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3592198800 -28800 0 PST}
    {3605508000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3623648400 -28800 0 PST}
    {3636957600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3655098000 -28800 0 PST}
    {3669012000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3686547600 -28800 0 PST}
    {3700461600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3717997200 -28800 0 PST}
    {3731911200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3750051600 -28800 0 PST}
    {3763360800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3781501200 -28800 0 PST}
    {3794810400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3812950800 -28800 0 PST}
    {3826260000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3844400400 -28800 0 PST}
    {3858314400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3875850000 -28800 0 PST}
    {3889764000 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3907299600 -28800 0 PST}
    {3921213600 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3939354000 -28800 0 PST}
    {3952663200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {3970803600 -28800 0 PST}
    {3984112800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {4002253200 -28800 0 PST}
    {4016167200 -25200 1 PDT}
    {4033702800 -28800 0 PST}
    {4047616800 -25200 1 PDT}
    {4065152400 -28800 0 PST}
    {4079066400 -25200 1 PDT}
    {4096602000 -28800 0 PST}
}
>
>
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
1
2
3
4
5

























































































































































































































































































# created by tools/tclZIC.tcl - do not edit
if {![info exists TZData(America/Tijuana)]} {
    LoadTimeZoneFile America/Tijuana
}
set TZData(:America/Santa_Isabel) $TZData(:America/Tijuana)

























































































































































































































































































Changes to library/tzdata/Asia/Chita.

64
65
66
67
68
69
70

71
    {1224954000 32400 0 YAKT}
    {1238259600 36000 1 YAKST}
    {1256403600 32400 0 YAKT}
    {1269709200 36000 1 YAKST}
    {1288458000 32400 0 YAKT}
    {1301158800 36000 0 YAKT}
    {1414252800 28800 0 IRKT}

}






>

64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
    {1224954000 32400 0 YAKT}
    {1238259600 36000 1 YAKST}
    {1256403600 32400 0 YAKT}
    {1269709200 36000 1 YAKST}
    {1288458000 32400 0 YAKT}
    {1301158800 36000 0 YAKT}
    {1414252800 28800 0 IRKT}
    {1459015200 32400 0 YAKT}
}

Changes to library/tzdata/Asia/Karachi.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
set TZData(:Asia/Karachi) {
    {-9223372036854775808 16092 0 LMT}
    {-1988166492 19800 0 IST}
    {-862637400 23400 1 IST}
    {-764145000 19800 0 IST}
    {-576135000 18000 0 KART}
    {38775600 18000 0 PKT}
    {1018119660 21600 1 PKST}
    {1033840860 18000 0 PKT}
    {1212260400 21600 1 PKST}
    {1225476000 18000 0 PKT}
    {1239735600 21600 1 PKST}
    {1257012000 18000 0 PKT}
}






|
|





3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
set TZData(:Asia/Karachi) {
    {-9223372036854775808 16092 0 LMT}
    {-1988166492 19800 0 IST}
    {-862637400 23400 1 IST}
    {-764145000 19800 0 IST}
    {-576135000 18000 0 KART}
    {38775600 18000 0 PKT}
    {1018119600 21600 1 PKST}
    {1033840800 18000 0 PKT}
    {1212260400 21600 1 PKST}
    {1225476000 18000 0 PKT}
    {1239735600 21600 1 PKST}
    {1257012000 18000 0 PKT}
}

Changes to library/tzdata/Asia/Tehran.

98
99
100
101
102
103
104




























































































































105
    {2042479800 12600 0 IRST}
    {2058121800 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2074015800 12600 0 IRST}
    {2089657800 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2105551800 12600 0 IRST}
    {2121193800 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2137087800 12600 0 IRST}




























































































































}






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
    {2042479800 12600 0 IRST}
    {2058121800 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2074015800 12600 0 IRST}
    {2089657800 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2105551800 12600 0 IRST}
    {2121193800 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2137087800 12600 0 IRST}
    {2152729800 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2168623800 12600 0 IRST}
    {2184265800 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2200159800 12600 0 IRST}
    {2215888200 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2231782200 12600 0 IRST}
    {2247424200 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2263318200 12600 0 IRST}
    {2278960200 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2294854200 12600 0 IRST}
    {2310496200 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2326390200 12600 0 IRST}
    {2342118600 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2358012600 12600 0 IRST}
    {2373654600 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2389548600 12600 0 IRST}
    {2405190600 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2421084600 12600 0 IRST}
    {2436726600 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2452620600 12600 0 IRST}
    {2468349000 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2484243000 12600 0 IRST}
    {2499885000 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2515779000 12600 0 IRST}
    {2531421000 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2547315000 12600 0 IRST}
    {2562957000 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2578851000 12600 0 IRST}
    {2594579400 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2610473400 12600 0 IRST}
    {2626115400 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2642009400 12600 0 IRST}
    {2657651400 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2673545400 12600 0 IRST}
    {2689187400 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2705081400 12600 0 IRST}
    {2720809800 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2736703800 12600 0 IRST}
    {2752345800 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2768239800 12600 0 IRST}
    {2783881800 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2799775800 12600 0 IRST}
    {2815417800 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2831311800 12600 0 IRST}
    {2847040200 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2862934200 12600 0 IRST}
    {2878576200 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2894470200 12600 0 IRST}
    {2910112200 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2926006200 12600 0 IRST}
    {2941648200 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2957542200 12600 0 IRST}
    {2973270600 16200 1 IRDT}
    {2989164600 12600 0 IRST}
    {3004806600 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3020700600 12600 0 IRST}
    {3036342600 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3052236600 12600 0 IRST}
    {3067878600 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3083772600 12600 0 IRST}
    {3099501000 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3115395000 12600 0 IRST}
    {3131037000 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3146931000 12600 0 IRST}
    {3162573000 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3178467000 12600 0 IRST}
    {3194109000 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3210003000 12600 0 IRST}
    {3225731400 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3241625400 12600 0 IRST}
    {3257267400 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3273161400 12600 0 IRST}
    {3288803400 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3304697400 12600 0 IRST}
    {3320339400 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3336233400 12600 0 IRST}
    {3351961800 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3367855800 12600 0 IRST}
    {3383497800 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3399391800 12600 0 IRST}
    {3415033800 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3430927800 12600 0 IRST}
    {3446569800 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3462463800 12600 0 IRST}
    {3478192200 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3494086200 12600 0 IRST}
    {3509728200 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3525622200 12600 0 IRST}
    {3541264200 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3557158200 12600 0 IRST}
    {3572800200 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3588694200 12600 0 IRST}
    {3604422600 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3620316600 12600 0 IRST}
    {3635958600 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3651852600 12600 0 IRST}
    {3667494600 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3683388600 12600 0 IRST}
    {3699030600 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3714924600 12600 0 IRST}
    {3730653000 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3746547000 12600 0 IRST}
    {3762189000 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3778083000 12600 0 IRST}
    {3793725000 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3809619000 12600 0 IRST}
    {3825261000 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3841155000 12600 0 IRST}
    {3856883400 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3872777400 12600 0 IRST}
    {3888419400 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3904313400 12600 0 IRST}
    {3919955400 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3935849400 12600 0 IRST}
    {3951491400 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3967385400 12600 0 IRST}
    {3983113800 16200 1 IRDT}
    {3999007800 12600 0 IRST}
    {4014649800 16200 1 IRDT}
    {4030543800 12600 0 IRST}
    {4046185800 16200 1 IRDT}
    {4062079800 12600 0 IRST}
    {4077721800 16200 1 IRDT}
    {4093615800 12600 0 IRST}
}

Changes to tests/msgcat.test.

991
992
993
994
995
996
997

998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
	test msgcat-14.2 {invokation failed in loadcmd} -setup {
	    mcforgetpackage
    	    mclocale $locale
	    mclocale ""
	    mcloadedlocales clear
	} -cleanup {
	    mcforgetpackage

	} -body {
	    mcpackageconfig set loadcmd [namespace code callbackfailproc]
	    mclocale foo_bar
	    # let the bgerror run
	    after 100 set [namespace current]::resultvariable timeout
	    vwait [namespace current]::resultvariable
	    lassign $resultvariable err errdict






>







991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
	test msgcat-14.2 {invokation failed in loadcmd} -setup {
	    mcforgetpackage
    	    mclocale $locale
	    mclocale ""
	    mcloadedlocales clear
	} -cleanup {
	    mcforgetpackage
	    after cancel set [namespace current]::resultvariable timeout
	} -body {
	    mcpackageconfig set loadcmd [namespace code callbackfailproc]
	    mclocale foo_bar
	    # let the bgerror run
	    after 100 set [namespace current]::resultvariable timeout
	    vwait [namespace current]::resultvariable
	    lassign $resultvariable err errdict

Changes to tests/var.test.

908
909
910
911
912
913
914




























915
916
917
918
919
920
921
	    }
	}
    }
} -constraints memory -body {
    set end [getbytes]
    for {set i 0} {$i < 5} {incr i} {
	doit $i




























        set tmp $end
        set end [getbytes]
    }
    set leakedBytes [expr {$end - $tmp}]
} -cleanup {
    array unset A
    rename getbytes {}






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
	    }
	}
    }
} -constraints memory -body {
    set end [getbytes]
    for {set i 0} {$i < 5} {incr i} {
	doit $i
        set tmp $end
        set end [getbytes]
    }
    set leakedBytes [expr {$end - $tmp}]
} -cleanup {
    array unset A
    rename getbytes {}
    rename doit {}
} -result 0
test var-22.1 {leak in localVarName intrep: Bug 80304238ac} -setup {
    proc getbytes {} {
	lindex [split [memory info] \n] 3 3
    }
    proc doit {} {
	interp create slave
	slave eval {
	    proc doit script {
		eval $script
		set foo bar
	    }
	    doit {foreach foo baz {}}
	}
	interp delete slave
    }
} -constraints memory -body {
    set end [getbytes]
    for {set i 0} {$i < 5} {incr i} {
	doit
        set tmp $end
        set end [getbytes]
    }
    set leakedBytes [expr {$end - $tmp}]
} -cleanup {
    array unset A
    rename getbytes {}

Changes to unix/configure.

1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345



TCL_VERSION=8.6
TCL_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TCL_MINOR_VERSION=6
TCL_PATCH_LEVEL=".4"
VERSION=${TCL_VERSION}

EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES=${EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES:-"@:"}
EXTRA_BUILD_HTML=${EXTRA_BUILD_HTML:-"@:"}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Setup configure arguments for bundled packages






|







1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345



TCL_VERSION=8.6
TCL_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TCL_MINOR_VERSION=6
TCL_PATCH_LEVEL=".5"
VERSION=${TCL_VERSION}

EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES=${EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES:-"@:"}
EXTRA_BUILD_HTML=${EXTRA_BUILD_HTML:-"@:"}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Setup configure arguments for bundled packages

Changes to unix/configure.in.

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
    #endif /* _TCLCONFIG */])
])

TCL_VERSION=8.6
TCL_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TCL_MINOR_VERSION=6
TCL_PATCH_LEVEL=".4"
VERSION=${TCL_VERSION}

EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES=${EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES:-"@:"}
EXTRA_BUILD_HTML=${EXTRA_BUILD_HTML:-"@:"}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Setup configure arguments for bundled packages






|







21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
    /* override */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
    #endif /* _TCLCONFIG */])
])

TCL_VERSION=8.6
TCL_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TCL_MINOR_VERSION=6
TCL_PATCH_LEVEL=".5"
VERSION=${TCL_VERSION}

EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES=${EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES:-"@:"}
EXTRA_BUILD_HTML=${EXTRA_BUILD_HTML:-"@:"}

#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Setup configure arguments for bundled packages

Changes to unix/tcl.spec.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
# This file is the basis for a binary Tcl RPM for Linux.

%{!?directory:%define directory /usr/local}

Name:          tcl
Summary:       Tcl scripting language development environment
Version:       8.6.4
Release:       2
License:       BSD
Group:         Development/Languages
Source:        http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tcl%{version}-src.tar.gz
URL:           http://www.tcl.tk/
Buildroot:     /var/tmp/%{name}%{version}






|







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
# This file is the basis for a binary Tcl RPM for Linux.

%{!?directory:%define directory /usr/local}

Name:          tcl
Summary:       Tcl scripting language development environment
Version:       8.6.5
Release:       2
License:       BSD
Group:         Development/Languages
Source:        http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tcl%{version}-src.tar.gz
URL:           http://www.tcl.tk/
Buildroot:     /var/tmp/%{name}%{version}

Changes to unix/tclConfig.h.in.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
...
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
...
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
...
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
...
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
/* ../unix/tclConfig.h.in.  Generated from configure.ac by autoheader.  */


    #ifndef _TCLCONFIG
    #define _TCLCONFIG

/* Define if building universal (internal helper macro) */
#undef AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD

/* Is gettimeofday() actually declared in <sys/time.h>? */
#undef GETTOD_NOT_DECLARED

/* Define to 1 if you have the <AvailabilityMacros.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_AVAILABILITYMACROS_H

/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `blkcnt_t'. */
................................................................................

/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct sockaddr_storage'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE

/* Is 'struct stat64' in <sys/stat.h>? */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64

/* Define to 1 if `st_blksize' is a member of `struct stat'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE

/* Define to 1 if `st_blocks' is a member of `struct stat'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/filio.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_FILIO_H

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ioctl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
................................................................................

/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_STRING

/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME

/* Define to the home page for this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_URL

/* Define to the version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION

/* Is this a static build? */
#undef STATIC_BUILD

/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
................................................................................

/* Do we want to use the threaded memory allocator? */
#undef USE_THREAD_ALLOC

/* Should we use vfork() instead of fork()? */
#undef USE_VFORK

/* Define WORDS_BIGENDIAN to 1 if your processor stores words with the most
   significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel). */
#if defined AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
# if defined __BIG_ENDIAN__
#  define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
# endif
#else
# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
#  undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
# endif
#endif

/* Are Darwin SUSv3 extensions available? */
#undef _DARWIN_C_SOURCE

/* Add the _ISOC99_SOURCE flag when building */
#undef _ISOC99_SOURCE

................................................................................

/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef mode_t

/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef pid_t

/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef size_t

/* Define as int if socklen_t is not available */
#undef socklen_t

/* Do we want to use the strtod() in compat? */
#undef strtod





<
<
<







 







|


|







 







<
<
<







 







|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<







 







|







1
2
3
4
5
6



7
8
9
10
11
12
13
...
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
...
348
349
350
351
352
353
354



355
356
357
358
359
360
361
...
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434






435


436
437
438
439
440
441
442
...
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
/* ../unix/tclConfig.h.in.  Generated from configure.ac by autoheader.  */


    #ifndef _TCLCONFIG
    #define _TCLCONFIG




/* Is gettimeofday() actually declared in <sys/time.h>? */
#undef GETTOD_NOT_DECLARED

/* Define to 1 if you have the <AvailabilityMacros.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_AVAILABILITYMACROS_H

/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `blkcnt_t'. */
................................................................................

/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct sockaddr_storage'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE

/* Is 'struct stat64' in <sys/stat.h>? */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64

/* Define to 1 if `st_blksize' is member of `struct stat'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE

/* Define to 1 if `st_blocks' is member of `struct stat'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/filio.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_FILIO_H

/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ioctl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
................................................................................

/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_STRING

/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME




/* Define to the version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION

/* Is this a static build? */
#undef STATIC_BUILD

/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
................................................................................

/* Do we want to use the threaded memory allocator? */
#undef USE_THREAD_ALLOC

/* Should we use vfork() instead of fork()? */
#undef USE_VFORK

/* Define to 1 if your processor stores words with the most significant byte
   first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel and VAX). */






#undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN



/* Are Darwin SUSv3 extensions available? */
#undef _DARWIN_C_SOURCE

/* Add the _ISOC99_SOURCE flag when building */
#undef _ISOC99_SOURCE

................................................................................

/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef mode_t

/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef pid_t

/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef size_t

/* Define as int if socklen_t is not available */
#undef socklen_t

/* Do we want to use the strtod() in compat? */
#undef strtod

Changes to unix/tclooConfig.sh.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
# These are mostly empty because no special steps are ever needed from Tcl 8.6
# onwards; all libraries and include files are just part of Tcl.
TCLOO_LIB_SPEC=""
TCLOO_STUB_LIB_SPEC=""
TCLOO_INCLUDE_SPEC=""
TCLOO_PRIVATE_INCLUDE_SPEC=""
TCLOO_CFLAGS=""
TCLOO_VERSION=1.0.3






|
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
# These are mostly empty because no special steps are ever needed from Tcl 8.6
# onwards; all libraries and include files are just part of Tcl.
TCLOO_LIB_SPEC=""
TCLOO_STUB_LIB_SPEC=""
TCLOO_INCLUDE_SPEC=""
TCLOO_PRIVATE_INCLUDE_SPEC=""
TCLOO_CFLAGS=""
TCLOO_VERSION=1.0.4

Changes to win/configure.

1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
SHELL=/bin/sh

TCL_VERSION=8.6
TCL_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TCL_MINOR_VERSION=6
TCL_PATCH_LEVEL=".4"
VER=$TCL_MAJOR_VERSION$TCL_MINOR_VERSION

TCL_DDE_VERSION=1.4
TCL_DDE_MAJOR_VERSION=1
TCL_DDE_MINOR_VERSION=4
DDEVER=$TCL_DDE_MAJOR_VERSION$TCL_DDE_MINOR_VERSION







|







1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
SHELL=/bin/sh

TCL_VERSION=8.6
TCL_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TCL_MINOR_VERSION=6
TCL_PATCH_LEVEL=".5"
VER=$TCL_MAJOR_VERSION$TCL_MINOR_VERSION

TCL_DDE_VERSION=1.4
TCL_DDE_MAJOR_VERSION=1
TCL_DDE_MINOR_VERSION=4
DDEVER=$TCL_DDE_MAJOR_VERSION$TCL_DDE_MINOR_VERSION

Changes to win/configure.in.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
SHELL=/bin/sh

TCL_VERSION=8.6
TCL_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TCL_MINOR_VERSION=6
TCL_PATCH_LEVEL=".4"
VER=$TCL_MAJOR_VERSION$TCL_MINOR_VERSION

TCL_DDE_VERSION=1.4
TCL_DDE_MAJOR_VERSION=1
TCL_DDE_MINOR_VERSION=4
DDEVER=$TCL_DDE_MAJOR_VERSION$TCL_DDE_MINOR_VERSION







|







10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
SHELL=/bin/sh

TCL_VERSION=8.6
TCL_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TCL_MINOR_VERSION=6
TCL_PATCH_LEVEL=".5"
VER=$TCL_MAJOR_VERSION$TCL_MINOR_VERSION

TCL_DDE_VERSION=1.4
TCL_DDE_MAJOR_VERSION=1
TCL_DDE_MINOR_VERSION=4
DDEVER=$TCL_DDE_MAJOR_VERSION$TCL_DDE_MINOR_VERSION

Changes to win/tclooConfig.sh.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
# These are mostly empty because no special steps are ever needed from Tcl 8.6
# onwards; all libraries and include files are just part of Tcl.
TCLOO_LIB_SPEC=""
TCLOO_STUB_LIB_SPEC=""
TCLOO_INCLUDE_SPEC=""
TCLOO_PRIVATE_INCLUDE_SPEC=""
TCLOO_CFLAGS=""
TCLOO_VERSION=1.0.3






|
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
# These are mostly empty because no special steps are ever needed from Tcl 8.6
# onwards; all libraries and include files are just part of Tcl.
TCLOO_LIB_SPEC=""
TCLOO_STUB_LIB_SPEC=""
TCLOO_INCLUDE_SPEC=""
TCLOO_PRIVATE_INCLUDE_SPEC=""
TCLOO_CFLAGS=""
TCLOO_VERSION=1.0.4